Home

warning - Pontiac

1. 2 36 Child Restraint Systems 2 40 Where to Put the Restraint 2 42 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children ATC Stee SEENEN 2 43 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat POSIION EE 2 51 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat POSIION s saudi erriarekin KEE REENEN 2 54 Airbag System 2 57 Where Are the Airbags 205 2 60 When Should an Airbag Inflate 2 62 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 2 63 How Does an Airbag Restrain 2 63 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 2 64 Passenger Sensing System 2 65 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 2 70 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicl 240 EEN EENS REN Are AER 2 71 Restraint System Check 2 72 Checking the Restraint Systems 2 72 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a CEET 2 73 2 1 Head Restraints The front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions A WARNING With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck spinal injury in a crash Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chances of
2. 6 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle eege NS dE REES de ENEE 6 5 Doing Your Own Work 6 4 Engine Soon Lamp 4 29 Parts Identification Label 6 86 Publications Ordering Information 8 15 Scheduling Appointments 0 05 8 9 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 2 70 Sheet Metal Damage 2 0 0 e0eeeeee 6 84 Shifting EE Paik Et eege eege ee E 3 30 Shifting Into Park 3 29 Signals Turn and Lane Change 4 4 Spare Tire COMPA Ct gc ates ae ee e ee 6 78 InStalliNG EE 6 73 REMOVING ech dE ER E nE 6 71 el BEE 6 78 Specifications and Capacities Speedometer 20 0ccce cece cence eee eeeee Starting the Engine Steering Steering Wheel Controls Audio Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel Storage Areag EEN SEENEN RENE gens CUDNOIDERS 2 A9 E REEERE Glove BOX EE Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow SUM VISOS es deeg dees E ee ee E SUMOO EE Tachometer 00sec cece eee cence ea eeee Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back Up Lampe Text Telephone TTY Users 2 220005 Theft Deterrent Systems 0 000000 Content Theft Deterrent Ipmmeobiltzer 34 SR E ERENNERT THE WGC 32 dente e Hee AE NIE 6 50 Aluminum Wheels Cleaning 6 84 Buying New Tires 0 00ec cece cece eens 6 63 E NEE 6 68 Changing aFlai re eee 6 70 Cleaning EE 6
3. A Electric Engine Cooling Fan B Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap 6 24 Engine Coolant A WARNING The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed Heater and radiator hoses and other engine to remain in the vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you 240 000 km whichever occurs first do you can be burned The following explains the cooling system and how to Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run check and add coolant when it is low If there is a the engine it could lose all coolant That could problem with engine overheating see Engine cause an engine fire and you could be burned Overheating on page 6 30 Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL can cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always use DEX COOL the vehicle silicate free coolant in 6 25 What to Use Z WARNING Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the
4. lt O Le m l O Front View of the Steering Side View of the Volume Wheel Controls Control If the vehicle has this feature some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel PWR Power Press and release to turn the system on and off When the system is on press and release for a short time to mute the system Press and release again to turn the sound back on VOLUME Press the toggle bar located below the VOLUME to adjust the volume Press the left side of the toggle bar below the plus sign to increase the volume Press the right side of the toggle bar below the minus sign to decrease the volume 4 51 MODE Press and release this button multiple times to cycle through the audio playback options that are available on the vehicle Options may include FM AM XM CD and AUX SEEK Press and release to go to the next preset station Press and hold for a long time to go to the next AM FM or XM station The radio seeks stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band When playing a CD press and release to go to the next track Press and hold to fast forward through the tracks Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplu
5. 0c ccc cece ences 6 79 Vehicle Identification 220 00005 6 85 Electrical System 6 86 6 93 Capacities and Specifications Maintenance Schedule 7 1 Maintenance Schedule 7 2 Customer Assistance Information 8 1 Customer Assistance and Information 8 2 Reporting Safety Defects 8 14 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 8 16 Index i 1 Y PONTIAC GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC the PONTIAC Emblem and the name G3 are registered trademarks of General Motors This manual describes features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because they are options that you did not purchase or due to changes subsequent to the printing of this owner manual Please refer to the purchase documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm each of the features found on your vehicle For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Pontiac Motor Division wherever it appears in this manual Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in the U S A Part No 20811657 B Second Printing Canadian Owners Propri taires Canadiens A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s du concessionnaire ou l adresse suivante Helm Incorporated P O
6. 1 22 E SE 8 16 Electrical Equipment Add On 6 86 Electrical System Engine Compartment Fuse Block 6 89 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 005 6 87 Headlamp Wiring 2 20ccceeee iaren 6 86 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 5 6 87 Power Windows and Other Power Options 6 86 Windshield Wiper Fuses 2 2 0 055 6 86 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 0 ccc ee eee ee ee eee eee 6 19 Change Engine Oil Dot 4 32 Check and Service Engine Soon Lamp 4 29 Compartment Overview 0 00e0eeeee 6 14 Engine cont COON GE 6 25 Coolant Temperature Gage 4 28 Cooling Systemic 5 EES SE aed 6 24 Drive Belt Routing 7 15 Exhaust devenir chess ERRERA 3 32 EIERE 6 15 Overheating 262 ee BEEN EREECHEN EEE 6 30 eela lale d harm EE 3 19 Engine Heati 22gesgg seed teased RE e 3 20 Engine Oil Life System TEE 6 18 Event Data Recorders 0 eee cece eee 8 16 Extender Safety Belt 2 33 Exterior LAMPS seggt eg get eege 4 11 Filter Engine Air Cleaner 2 0000ceeeeeeeee 6 19 Finish Damage eege ER ee 6 84 Fixed Mast Antenna 0 0cc cece eee eee eee 4 53 Flashto GE cesar ssuda e O tera satan 4 5 Flashers Hazard Warning 0 20 00005 4 3 Flat NEE 6 69 Flat Tire Changing 0 0 ecceeeeeeeeee 6 70 Flat Tire Storing 20 cece eee ence eens 6 78
7. Continued If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle e Drive it only with the windows completely down e Have the vehicle repaired immediately Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation 3 32 Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A WARNING Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area with poor ventilation is dangerous Engine exhaust may enter the vehicle Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death Never run the engine in an enclosed area that has no fresh air ventilation For more information see Engine Exhaust on page 3 32 A WARNING It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when it is on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the automatic transmission shift lever to P Park or the manual transmission shift lever to Neutral
8. Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais depasser kg ou TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE SEE OWNER S PNEU DIMENSIONS PRESSION DES PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL Brant OQXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL BS XXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI DELUSAGER SPARE POUR PLUS DE XXX kPa XX PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 6 50 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 6 57 There is also important loading information on the Certification label See Certification Label later in this section 5 15 Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtrac
9. Outside Convex Mirror A WARNING A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on the right Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger side mirror is convex shaped A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat Outside Heated Mirrors For vehicles with this feature Gi Rear Window Defogger Press to heat the mirrors See Rear Window and Outside Mirror Defogger under Climate Control System on page 4 15 for more information 3 35 Storage Areas The vehicle may have shopping bag hooks on each front seatback Lift the headrest to access the hooks Glove Box Lift up on the glove box lever to open it 3 36 Cupholders Two cupholders are located in the center instrument panel below the climate control system To use the cupholder push in on the cover then pull it out After use push in the cupholder until it latches There is also a cupholder located in the rear of the center console Sunroof Cz On vehicles with this feature the switch is located on the headliner between the sun visors The sunroof only operates when the ignition is turned to ON RUN The sunroof can be opened to a vent position or it can be opened all of the way To open the sunroof to the vent position open the sunsh
10. The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning 6 54 Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 6 57 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identificat
11. e Avoid making hard stops for the first 322 km 200 miles or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased 3 17 Ignition Positions The ignition switch has four different positions A WARNING On manual transmission vehicles turning the key to LOCK OFF will lock the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle This could cause a Collision If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving turn the key only to ACC ACCESSORY Do not push the key in while the vehicle is moving 3 18 Notice Using a tool to force the key to turn in the ignition could cause damage to the switch or break the key Use the correct key make sure it is all the way in and turn it only with your hand If the key cannot be turned by hand see your dealer retailer LOCK OFF This position locks the steering wheel ignition shift lever and transmission This is the only position in which you can insert or remove the key The steering can bind with the wheels turned off center If this happens move the steering wheel from right to left while turning the key to ACC ACCESSORY If this doesn t work then the vehicle needs service ACC ACCESSORY This position operat
12. passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place To store a flat or compact spare tire and tools 1 Store the flat tire or the compact spare in the compact spare tire compartment 2 Secure the retainer 3 Store the tools securely in the foam tray and place the tray back in the cargo area 4 Replace the trim cover The compact spare tire is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare tire with a full size tire as soon as you can See Compact Spare Tire on page 6 78 6 78 Compact Spare Tire Z WARNING Driving with more than one compact spare tire at a time could result in loss of braking and handling This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured Use only one compact spare tire at a time The compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 414 kPa After installing the compact spare on your vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure your spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is intended to perform well at speeds up to 50 mph 80 km h so you can finish your trip and have your full size tire repaired or replaced where you want Replace your spare with a full size tire as soon as you can Notice When the compact spare is instal
13. terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 6 40 9 Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less 10 Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while 11 Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service 8 Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery 6 41 Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each o
14. 8 8 Fuel delivery Reimbursement is approximately 5 Canadian Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service Lock Out Service Vehicle registration is required Trip Routing Service Detailed maps of North America are provided when requested either with the most direct route or the most scenic route There is a limit of six requests per year Additional travel information is also available Allow three weeks for delivery Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Must be over 250 km from where your trip was started to qualify General Motors of Canada Limited requires pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair orders Once authorization has been received the Roadside Assistance advisor will help you make arrangements and explain how to receive payment Alternative Service If assistance cannot be provided right away the Roadside Assistance advisor may give you permission to get local emergency road service You will receive payment up to 100 after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance Mechanical failures may be covered however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service c
15. Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty Notice lf the engine catches fire because of being driven with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty If Steam Is Coming From The Engine Compartment A WARNING Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood Continued WARNING Continued If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool If No Steam Is Coming From The Engine Compartment If an engine overheat warning is displayed but no steam can be seen or heard the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle e Climbs a long hill on a hot day e Stops after high speed driving e Idles for long periods in traffic If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam 1 Turn the air conditioning off 2 Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan speed Open the windows as necessary 3 If in a traf
16. Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility We recommend that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equ
17. If you leave the radio or other accessories If you do not follow these steps exactly some or on during the jump starting procedure they could all of these things can hurt you be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always turn off the radio and other accessories when jump starting the vehicle Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug the warranty unnecessary accessories plugged into the i i i cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not will not work and it could damage the vehicle needed This will avoid sparks and help save both 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt batteries And it could save the radio battery with a negative ground system 6 38 4 Open the hoods and locate the batteries Find the positive and negative terminal locations on each vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for more information on location Z WARNING An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Z WARNING Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you nee
18. In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 4 24 2 Put the child restraint on the seat Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if needed 2 55 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary 2 56 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child res
19. Install the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut by hand clockwise until the wheel is held against the hub 15 Lower the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise Lower the jack completely 12 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel 6 76 A WARNING Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts See Capacities and Specifications on page 6 93 for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 6 93 for the wheel nut torque specification 16 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your vehicle s compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare the cover or the spare could be damaged 6 77 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A WARNING Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the
20. To use the accessory power outlet remove the protective cap When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap The accessory power outlet is operational when the ignition is turned to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 4 13 Sunroof Er On vehicles with this feature the switch is located on the headliner between the sun visors and can only be operated when the ignition is turned to ON RUN To vent the sunroof open the sunshade and then press and hold the driver side switch To close press the passenger side switch To fully open the sunroof press and hold the passenger side switch The sunshade will open with the sunroof To close press the driver side switch Manually close the sunshade For more information see Sunroof on page 3 37 Performance and Maintenance Tire Pressure Monitor This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS The Tire Pressure Monitor alerts you when a significant reduction in pressure occurs in one or more of the vehicle s tires by illuminating the low tire pressure warning light on the instrument cluster The warning light will remain on until the tire pressure is corrected The proper tire pressures for your vehicle are listed on the Tire and Loading Information label located on the driver side center pillar B pillar See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 1 20 You may notice during cooler conditions that the low
21. When Should an Airbag Inflate 2 62 Where Are the Airbags 2 00 0eee 2 60 Airbags Passenger Status Indicator 4 24 Readiness Lob 4 23 System Check A9 EES arene 2 57 AM FM Radio 4 37 Antenna Se e EE 4 53 Fixed Mast Eed EEN Ee HERE bee 4 53 Antilock Brake System AB 5 4 Warningiliight ca citaities aucune aA OENE akan 4 27 Appearance Care Aluminum Wheels 6 84 Care of Safety Belt 6 82 Chemical Paint Spotting 2555 6 85 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 6 82 Fabric Carpet 0 00c cece cece e neces 6 80 FINISH Cane ccc0naccet dream annn Ar ADEE NA 6 83 Finish Damage 6 84 Glass SUMACES anere ee 6 81 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES EENS EEN toraa rA oida 6 81 Interior Cleaning 0 ecce cece eee eee eee 6 79 Interior Plastic Components 6 81 Leather oosid a EO NEERA 6 81 Sheet Metal Damage 6 84 NIE 6 84 Underbody Maintenance 6 85 Washing Your Vehicle 6 82 WeathersttipSsa 24e 00 EES deena KN dd EE 6 82 Windshield and Wiper BladeS nn aaannaannaa 6 83 ASW AY cis e AER eege AE tear eed 4 14 Assistance Program Roadside 8 6 Audio SYSlOM NEE cate Ae EEN ened 4 36 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 4 51 Radio Reception 0c cece cece eee ee 4 52 Radio with CD 4 41 Automatic Transmission PIUIG WEE 6 21 Ce
22. and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
23. not careful See Jump Starting on page 6 38 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage Remove the black negative cable from the battery to keep the battery from running down Extended Storage Remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger 6 37 Jump Starting Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can If the vehicle s battery has run down you may want to be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it 3 Ghat EE E EE safely i g Jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a A WARNING ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set because the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved e They contain acid that can burn you in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in P Park or a manual transmission They contain gas that can explode or ignite in N Neutral before setting the parking brake e They contain enough electricity to burn you Notice
24. protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Install a LATCH type child restraint properly using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual A WARNING Do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be Continued 2 48 WARNING Continued injured To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash attach only one child restraint per anchor A WARNING Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Buckle any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Notice Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicle s safety belts This may damage these parts If necessary move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments Do not fold the empty rear seat with a safety belt buckled This could damage the safety belt or the seat Unbuckle and return the safety belt to its s
25. then release the button and the accelerator pedal e Press the RES button Hold it there until the A WARNING 1 Press to turn cruise control on 2 Accelerate to the speed desired 3 Press the SET button and release it The cruise desired speed is reached and then release it control light comes on in the instrument panel To increase the vehicle speed in small amounts cluster to show that the cruise control is on briefly press the RES button and then release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerate pedal Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 6 km h 1 mph faster Resuming a Set Speed The accelerate feature only works after the cruise If the cruise control is set to a desired speed and then control is turned on by pressing the SET button the brakes are applied or the clutch pedal if you have a manual transmission the cruise control shuts off But it does not need to be reset 4 9 Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to reduce the vehicle speed while using cruise control e Press the SET button until the lower speed desired is reached then release it To slow down in small amounts briefly press the SET button Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 6 km h 1 mph slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle slows down to the
26. www gmownercenter com pontiac U S or www gm ca Canada OnStar OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide a wide range of safety security navigation diagnostics and calling services Automatic Crash Response In a crash built in sensors can automatically alert an OnStar advisor who is immediately connected to the vehicle to see if you need help How OnStar Service Works This blue button connects you to a specially trained OnStar advisor to verify your account information and to answer questions Push this red emergency button to get priority help from specially trained OnStar emergency advisors Push this button for hands free voice activated calling and to give voice commands for turn by turn navigation Crisis Assist Stolen Vehicle Assistance Vehicle Diagnostics Remote Door Unlock Roadside Assistance Turn by Turn Navigation and Hands Free Calling are available on most vehicles Not all OnStar services are available on all vehicles For more information see the OnStar Owner s Guide or visit www onstar com U S or www onstar ca Canada contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week For a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in the glove box OnStar service is subject to the OnStar terms and conditions i
27. 20 Head Restraint Adjustment 1 8 Tire Pressure Monitor 1 20 Safety Belt ccs z Rtg eege i 1 9 Engine Oil Life System 1 20 Sensing System for Passenger Airbag 1 9 Hood Release 1 21 Mirror Adjustment 0 2000e ee eee 1 10 Driving for Better Fuel Economy 1 22 Steering Wheel Adjustment 1 11 Roadside Assistance Program 1 22 Interior Lighting 20 000ce eee eee 1 11 EE 1 23 Exterior Lighting 200e0ceee ee eees 1 12 Windshield Wiper Washer 000005 1 12 Climate Controls 0 ec cece eens 1 14 TFANSMISSION EE 1 15 1 1 Instrument Panel Outlet Adjustment on page 4 18 Instrument Panel Cluster on page 4 21 Clock on page 4 15 Hood Release on page 6 12 Horn on page 4 3 Audio System s on page 4 36 Climate Control System on page 4 15 Ashtray See Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter on page 4 14 Cupholders on page 3 36 Cigarette Lighter See Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter on page 4 14 K Hazard Warning Flashers on page 4 3 TOAmnmMmoOW D gt oc L Glove Box on page 3 36 Initial Drive Information This section provides a brief overview about some of the important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle For more detailed information refer to each of the features which can be found later in this owner manual Remote Keyl
28. 31 Rear Door Security Locks 0 0 c0ce0eeeeee 3 7 Parking Over Things That Burn 3 32 TRUNK L 3 8 Engine Exhaust 0 2000cee cece niis 3 32 Liftgate Hatchback 0 c0ceeeeee sees 3 11 Running the Vehicle While Parked 3 33 Windows ooo LLL 3 12 ll CN 3 34 Manual Windows 2 22 eee 3 13 Manual Rearview More 3 34 Power Windows 000cceeeeeeeee ees 3 13 Outside Manual Mirrors en 3 34 SUN Visorg ooo nnn ccncccccec ccc en ee 3 14 Outside Power Morse 3 35 Outside Convex More 3 35 ae Systemen nen Outside Heated Mirrors 2000000 3 35 Immobilizer Operation 2 22222205 3 14 Storage Areas ieee 3 36 Content Theft Deterrent 0 00 00 3 15 iar a oe ee Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 3 17 EE J New Vehicle Break In o LoL LL LLL 3 17 ll Le EE 3 37 Ignition Positions 3 18 3 1 Keys A WARNING 3 2 Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children The key can be used for the ignition doors and a
29. 5 5 Off Road Recovery 0 ecceee eee eens 5 7 FAS SUNG EE 5 7 Loss Of Conttol tee dE EE SEENEN 5 7 Driving at Night 20 cece eee 5 8 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 5 9 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 5 10 Highway Hypnosis 5 10 Hill and Mountain Roads 5 10 Winter Driving 2 200ec eee eee 5 11 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice OF SNOW EE 5 13 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 5 14 Loading the Vehicle 0 0005 5 14 TOWING WEE 5 25 Towing Your Vehicle 5 25 Recreational Vehicle Towing 5 25 Towing a Trailer 5 27 5 1 Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle Defensive Driving Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 2 15 A WARNING Assume that other road users pedestrians bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition e Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you e Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life 5 2 Drunk Driving Z WARNING Drinking and then driving is ver
30. 7 10 Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission P Park Mechanism Check A WARNING When you are doing this check the vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and the transmission in N Neutral slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only e To check the P Park mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to P Park Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required 7 11 Recommended Fluids and Ve Pot Lubricants Hydraulic DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid e We GM Part No U S 12377967 in Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part Brake System number or specification can be obtained from your Canada 89021320 dealer retailer i i Se Dee Optikleen Washer Solvent Usage Fluid Lubricant Engine oil which meets GM E SE il Standard GM6094M and displays y i the American Petroleum Institute Use only T IV Automatic Certified for Gasoline E
31. B Fan Control E Outside Air Recirculation C Air Delivery Mode Climate Control System with Heater and Control Air Conditioning E See Climate Control System on page 4 15 A Temperature Control D Air Conditioning A C B Fan Control E Air Recirculation C Air Delivery Mode F Rear Window Defogger Control Transmission Automatic Transmission Hold Mode If the vehicle s transmission has hold mode you can select this mode to allow the automatic transmission to stay in a specific gear range Select hold mode to help the vehicle maintain traction on slippery road surfaces such as snow mud or ice Press the HOLD button on the shift lever console to turn on hold mode Press the button again to turn off hold mode and return to normal automatic transmission operation When Hold Mode is selected in D4 Drive the transmission is held in 3 Third gear which locks out D4 Drive This allows for engine braking when slowing from higher speeds When Hold Mode is selected in 2 Second the transmission will start in 2 Second gear instead of 1 First helping to reduce wheel spin when starting out on slippery surface such as snow mud or ice Since selecting Hold Mode in D4 Drive locks the transmission in 3 Third and prevents downshifts to 2 Second or 1 First acceleration from a stop or near stop on dry pavement will be slower than expected Hold Mode should not be selected during these situations S
32. Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 Num ro de poste 6438 de langue fran aise www helminc com Index To quickly locate information about the vehicle use the index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found 2000 General Motors All rights Reserved Safety Warnings and Symbols Warning messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce them Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death Warning or Caution indicates a hazard that could result in injury or death Z WARNING These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people Notice This means there is something that could result in property or vehicle damage This would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do not do this or Do not let this happen Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator Cl This symbol is shown when you need to see your owner manual for additional instructions or information This symbol is shown when you need to see a service manual for
33. But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without safety belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels 2 16 Put someone on it Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop 2 17 The person keeps going until stopped by something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield 2 18 or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q Will be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if am wearing a safety belt A You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down Q If my vehicle has airbags why should have to wear Safety belts A Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupan
34. DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system makes the headlamps come on when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on e The exterior lamp band is in OFF or in the parking lamp position e The parking brake is released An indicator light on instrument panel cluster comes on when the DRL system is on When the DRL system is on the taillamps sidemarker lamps parking lamps and instrument panel lights do not come on unless the exterior lamps control is turned to the parking lamp or headlamp position 4 11 The DRL system turns off when one of the following conditions are met e The ignition is off e The parking brake is on e The high beam headlamps are on e The low beam headlamps are on e The flash to pass feature is used The regular headlamp system should be used when needed Fog Lamps For vehicles with fog lamps they are controlled by the 0 band located on the middle of the turn signal multifunction lever To use the fog lamps the ignition must be turned to ON RUN and the low beam headlamps or parking lamps must be on Turn the band to 40 to turn the fog lamps on The band automatically returns to its starting position when released The fog lamp indicator light comes on in the instrument panel cluster See Fog Lamp
35. EE Alr FEP ssis oisuiigius TS Online Owner Center n a g 4 Passenger Sensing System 45 2 65 OnStar Privacy BEE 8 17 Passing EE EE EES EE 5 7 OnStar EEGENEN 1 23 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 6 4 Power Electrical System 000 cece eee eee 6 86 Steering FUNG EE 6 32 Kuele UE 3 13 Pregnancy Using Safety Belts 2 32 HEEN Ee Ee ee eege Ee 8 16 ONnStal 2c esate idak a Ene dase EED AEE 8 17 Radio Frequency Identification RFID 8 17 Program Courtesy Transportation saaneeseen 8 9 Proposition 65 Warning California 6 4 Radio Frequency Identification BEID 8 17 e EE 8 17 Radios AM FM Radio 4 37 Radio with CD et ENEE RE EE RENE NEEN 4 41 RECEPTION ae eases Pads EAR Aaa gl 4 52 Rear Door Security Locks 3 7 Rear Seat Operation 2 8 2 10 Rear Window Washer Wiper 0 02 0s eee 4 7 Rearview MIMNMOIs 280 E NEE 3 34 Reclining Seatbacks 0 ccc eee ences 2 6 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 7 12 Recreational Vehicle Towing 2 55 5 25 Reimbursement Program GM Mobility 8 6 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 3 3 3 4 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare EE 6 73 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 6 71 Replacement Bulbs 002020ceeeeee ee 6 49 Replacement Parts Maintena
36. Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 6 82 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer If the vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Par
37. Light on page 4 33 To turn the fog lamps off turn the band to 0 again The fog lamp indicator light will go off 4 12 The fog lamps will also turn off when the high beam headlamps are turned on When the high beam headlamps are turned off the fog lamps will turn on again Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel lights The thumbwheel for this feature is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column Turn the thumbwheel to brighten or dim the lights Dome Lamp The vehicle has a dome lamp located in the overhead console Move the switch to the following positions ON The light comes on and stays on Door The light comes on when a door is opened The light turns off when all the doors are closed OFF The light remains off even when a door is opened Be sure all doors and trunk lid or hatch are completely closed or the battery may drain Inadvertent Power Battery Saver This feature is designed to protect the vehicle s battery against drainage If the exterior lamps control is left in the 200 or ZD position the key is removed and the driver door is opened the lights will turn off automatically If the key is removed and the driver door is opened while the dome lamp is on the dome lamp will not turn off automatically Accessory Power
38. PAUSE flashes on the display Press CD AUX again to start playing the CD Press CD AUX to play a CD when listening to the audio contents from other device AUX mode CDP appears on the display when the CD player has been selected The CD symbol will appear on the display when a CD is loaded EJECT Press to eject a CD The CD can be ejected when the ignition or the radio is turned off INFO DISP Information Display Press to display additional text information related to the current MP3 WMA song A choice of additional information such as Song Title Album Title Artist Bit rate may appear 4 46 RPT Repeat Press the pushbutton under the RPT tab on the display to repeat the current track RPT appears on the display Press the pushbutton again to stop repeat RDM Random Press the pushbutton below the RDM tab on the display to play tracks in random rather than sequential order RDM appears on the display Press the pushbutton again to stop random play INT Scan Press the pushbutton below the INT tab on the display to listen to the first few seconds of each track on the CD INTRO appears on the display Press the pushbutton again to stop scanning and the current track begins to play Playing an MP3 WMA CD R Disc The radio has the MP3 WMA CD R disc capability For more information see Using an MP3 on page 4 48 later in this section CD Messages CHECK CD If this message displays and or the CD comes out
39. Washer Fluid on page 6 33 Once a Month Tire inflation check See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 6 57 Tire wear inspection See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 6 67 7 5 Once a Year 7 6 Starter switch check See Owner Checks and Services on page 7 9 Parking brake and automatic transmission P Park mechanism check See Owner Checks and Services on page 7 9 Automatic transmission shiftlock control system check See Owner Checks and Services on page 7 9 Ignition transmission lock check See Owner Checks and Services on page 7 9 Engine cooling system and pressure cap pressure check Radiator and air conditioning condenser outside cleaning See Cooling System on page 6 24 Accelerator pedal check for damage high effort or binding Replace if needed First Engine Oil Change After Every 40 000 km 25 000 Miles Fuel system inspection for damage or leaks Engine air cleaner filter replacement See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 6 19 Spark plug replacement Not to exceed 60 000 km 37 500 miles An Emission Control Service Engine accessory drive belt inspection for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage and replacement if needed An Emission Control Service Exhaust system and nearby heat shields inspection for loose or damaged components First Engine Oil Change After Every 80 000 km 50 000 Miles Automatic transmission fluid and filter change severe service only for
40. and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passenger and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Tire and Loading Information amount the number of occupant seating Label Canada positions the original equipment tires and the recommended cold tire inflation pressure For more information on tires and inflation see RECOMMENDED TIRE SIZE AND INFLATION PRESSURE COLD DIMENSIONS DES PNEUS et PRESSIONS DE CONFLAGE RECOMMANDEES id Tires on page 6 50 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 6 57 MAXIMUM LOAD OCCUPANTS DISTRIBUTION R PARTITION R F FRONT AVANT REAR ARRIERE LUGGAGE BAGAGES There is also important loading information on the a Certification label See Certification Label later in this section TOTAL LOAD OCCUPANTS PLUS LUGGAGE CHARGE CLOBALE OCCUPANTS PLUS BAGAGES TIRE SIZE DIMENSIONS DES PNEUS SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR MANUEL DE CONDUCTEUR POUR DES INFORMATIONS SUPPLEMENTAIRES Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the driver s side center pillar B pillar This label shows the Maximum Load 5 19 Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage 4 Locate the Naxim m Load amount and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That i weight may not safel
41. are set press the pushbutton below the arrow tab on the radio display to return to the main radio screen To reset the automatically stored radio stations press and hold SCAN AST Then press the pushbutton below the RESE tab on the radio display If no stations are stored on preset pages A1 and A2 the RESE option does not appear in the radio display When the Automatic Store function is used any stations that were previously set will be deleted and replaced with new stations Storing a Radio Station Drivers are encouraged to set up radio station favorites while the vehicle is in P Park Tune to favorite stations using the pushbuttons favorites button and steering wheel controls See Defensive Driving on page 5 2 A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page If Automatic Store is used then four pages of favorites are available Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM if equipped stations To store a station as a favorite 1 Tune in the desired station 2 Press and release the FAV button to display the page where the station is to be stored 3 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When the
42. cc cece ee 6 49 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 6 49 TIES EE 6 50 Tire Sidewall Labeling 2 6 51 Tire Terminology and Definitions 6 54 Section 6 Service and Appearance Care Inflation Tire Pressure Tire Pressure Monitor System Tire Pressure Monitor Operation Tire Inspection and Rotation When It Is Time for New Tires Buying New Tires 0 00e eee cece Different Size Tires and Wheels Uniform Tire Quality Grading Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Wheel Replacement Tire Chain i c0nccaces use A EE If a Tire Goes lat Changing a Flat re Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Te EE Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Compact Spare fire Appearance Care 0 cece cece eee 6 2 Interior Cleaning Fabric Carpet 0 00 c cee eee Leather ease ear Sime Ee ehae Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic ele Interior Plastic Components 005 Glass Surfaces 0 000 ccc cece eee es 6 81 Care of Safety Belt 6 82 WeatherstripS 6 82 Washing Your Vehicle 6 82 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 6 82 RIAIS Care ieee irename eE IDE cake 6 83 Windshield and Wiper Blades 6 83 Aluminum Whee
43. crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 8 6 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquart
44. do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat mounted side impact airbag Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar If your vehicle has seat mounted side impact airbags for the driver and right front passenger they are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door 2 61 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e Ifthe vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e Ifthe vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does no
45. either Trip A or Trip B since the trip odometer was last set back to zero To reset each trip odometer to zero press and hold the reset button The reset button resets only the trip odometer that is being displayed Each trip odometer must be reset individually 4 22 Tachometer The tachometer displays 5 S28 the engine speed in qP FS revolutions per af x7000rpm minute rpm NA a Notice lf the engine is operated above 6 500 rpm the vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer above 6 500 rpm Safety Belt Reminders Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind a driver to fasten the safety belt unless the driver safety belt is already buckled The safety belt light comes on and stays on for several seconds then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver safety belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light For vehicles equipped with the passenger safety belt reminder light several seconds after the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel comes on and stays on for sev
46. has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire 6 55 Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 6 57 and Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 6 63 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides con
47. is in the OFF position When the CD is inserted CDP appears on the display As the CD is loading LOADING appears on the display As each new track starts to play the track number displays If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When a CD is in the player and the ignition is in the ON RUN position the radio must be turned on before the CD will start playing When the ignition and radio are turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source The CD player can play the smaller 8 cm 3 in single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner gt gt TUNE Next Track Press PP TUNE to go to the next track The track number will appear on the display The player will continue moving forward through the CD with each press of gt gt TUNE 4 45 4 TUNE Previous Track Press to go to the start of the current track The track number will appear on the display The player will continue moving backward through the CD with each press of 4 TUNE BAND Press to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX Press to play a CD when listening to the radio CDP appears on the display when the CD player has been selected The CD symbol will appear on the display when a CD is loaded Press CD AUX while a CD is playing to pause the CD
48. it could be for one of the following reasons e It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e The road is very rough When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e The format of the CD might not be compatible See Using an MP3 on page 4 48 later in this section e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem Care of CDs If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R or CD RW has been handled Handle them carefully Store CD R s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the ou
49. not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with seat mounted airbags There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel which shows the airbag symbol A WARNING Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is The system checks the airbag electrical system for designed for them Young children and infants malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical need the protection that a child restraint system problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 23 for can provide Always secure children properly in more information your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 2 33 or Infants and Young Children on page 2 36 2 59 Where Are the Airbags The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the f instrument panel on the passenger s side The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 2 60 A WARNING If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and
50. oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil Engine Air Cleaner Filter The engine air cleaner filter is located in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for more information on location When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 7 3 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change 6 19 How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the engine air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the air cleaner filter 1 Remove the screws and lift off the cover 2 Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter 3 Put the cover back on tightly and tighten the screws 6 20 See Scheduled Main
51. on 3 24 Notice Do not drive in 2 Second at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h or you can damage the transmission Use D4 Automatic Overdrive as much as possible Do not shift into 2 Second unless you are going slower than 65 mph 105 km h or you can damage the engine 1 First This position gives you even more power but lower fuel economy than 2 Second You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in 1 First the transmission will not shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place If there is a malfunction with the automatic transmission the malfunction indicator lamp MIL or the HOLD indicator light will turn on or flash See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 4 29 Have the vehicle fixed as soon as possible Hold Mode If the vehicle s transmission has hold mode you can select this mode to allow the automatic transmission to stay in a specific gear range Press the HOLD button on the shift lever console to turn on hold mode The HOLD light on the instrument panel cluster will turn on Press the button again to turn off hold mode and return to normal a
52. on the transmitter are pressed If the light does not flash see Battery Replacement later in this section The buttons do not operate and the theft deterrent system does not activate if the key is in the ignition Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer retailer When the replacement transmitter is programmed to the vehicle all remaining transmitters must also be programmed Any lost or stolen transmitters no longer work once the new transmitter is programmed Each vehicle can have up to five transmitters programmed to it Battery Replacement Replace the battery if the LED on the transmitter does not flash when you press the buttons Notice When replacing the battery do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter Static from your body could damage the transmitter To replace the battery 1 2 Remove the screw from the back of the cover and open the cover of the transmitter Pull the transmitter out of the cover and carefully turn the circle cover of the transmitter unit toward open Remove the battery Insert the new battery positive side facing up Use one three volt CR1620 or equivalent type battery Turn the circle cover of the transmitter unit toward close and put the transmitter unit in the cover Put the two halves ba
53. other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle
54. properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped should be enabled may inflate or not According to accident statistics children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat in the correct child restrain for their weight and size We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 2 66 A WARNING A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though the airba
55. pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set will return 4 Repeat the Steps 1 through 3 for each radio station to be stored as a favorite To setup the number of favorites pages 1 Press and hold FAV until the radio setup menu displays 2 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 3 Press FAV to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency tabs and to begin the process of programming favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages Setting the Tone Bass Mid Treble SOUND Bass Mid Treble Press to adjust the bass midrange or treble Adjusting the Bass To adjust the bass 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the Bass tab on the display 3 Turn D to adjust the setting 4 The settings are saved after five seconds 4 43 Adjusting the Midrange To adjust the midrange 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the Mid tab on the display 3 Turn D to adjust the setting 4 The settings are saved after five seconds Adjusting the Treble To adjust the treble 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the Treb tab on the display 3 Turn D to adjust the setting 4 The settings are saved after five seconds 4 44 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade SOUND Balance Fade Press to adjust the balance or fade Adjusting the Balance To adjust the balanc
56. seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way the child restraint locking feature may be engaged If this happens let the belt go back all the way and start again If the belt stops before it reaches the buckle tilt the latch plate and keep pulling until it can be buckled 2 29 4 2 30 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks If the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle check if the correct buckle is being used Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 2 33 Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary 5 If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster move it to the height that is right for you See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch pla
57. seatback and adjust the seat cushion if adjustable to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See Head Restraints on page 2 2 6 Restart the vehicle If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer If the Off Indicator is Lit for an If this happens use the following steps to allow the Adult Size Occupant system to detect that person and enable the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 3 Place the seatback in the fully upright position 4 Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with legs comfortably extended 5 Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the on indicator is lit If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat 2 69 Additional Factors Affecting System Operation Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on
58. the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment other than any that GM has approved for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 2 71 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates Z WARNING Stowing of articles under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 2 70 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around the vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 8 15 Z WARNING For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during impro
59. the air conditioning compressor D Rear Window Defogger E Outside Air Recirculation 4 16 Air Delivery Mode Control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to change the current airflow mode Select from the following air delivery modes 7 Vent Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets s Bi Level Air is divided between the instrument panel and floor outlets t4 Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the rear outlets Keep the area under the front seats clear to allow the flow of air to the rear compartment Gi Defog This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture Air is directed to the windshield floor and side window outlets When this mode is selected the system automatically runs the air conditioning To defog the windows faster turn the temperature control to the warmest setting W Defrost This mode quickly clears the windshield of fog or frost Air is directed to the windshield and side window outlets When this mode is selected the system automatically runs the air conditioning To defrost the windows faster turn the temperature control to the warmest setting Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear AIC Air Conditioning For vehicles with air conditioning follow these steps to use the system Turn to the desired speed The air conditioning does not operate when the fan control knob is in the off position Press A C to turn
60. the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 2 26 Q What is wrong with this r uy KZ JA H HO 2 S A The belt is behind the body Z WARNING You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest 2 27 Q What is wrong with this eo A WARNING You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it A The belt is twisted across the body 2 28 Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap shoulder belt If you are using a rear seating position with a detachable safety belt and the safety belt is not attached see Rear Seat Operation Sedan on page 2 8 or Rear Seat Operation Hatchback on page 2 10 for instruction on reconnecting the safety belt to the mini buckle The following instructions explain how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 Adjust the
61. the radio display If no stations are stored on preset pages A1 and A2 the RESE option does not appear in the radio display When the Automatic Store function is used any stations that were previously set will be deleted and replaced with new stations Storing a Radio Station Drivers are encouraged to set up radio station favorites while the vehicle is in P Park Tune to favorite stations using the pushbuttons favorites button and steering wheel controls See Defensive Driving on page 5 2 A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button Press the FAV 4 38 button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page If Automatic Store is used then four pages of favorites are available Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM if equipped stations To store a station as a favorite 1 Tune in the desired station 2 Press and release the FAV button to display the page where the station is to be stored 3 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When the pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set will return 4 Repeat the Steps 1 through 3 for each radio station to be stored as a favorite To setup the number of favorites pages 1 Press and hold FAV
62. tire pressure warning light will appear when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you drive This may be an early indicator that your tire pressures are getting low and the tires need to be inflated to the proper pressure Note The Tire Pressure Monitor can alert you about low tire pressure but it does not replace normal monthly tire maintenance It is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressures See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 6 58 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 6 59 Engine Oil Life System The engine oil life system calculates engine oil life based on vehicle use and displays a change engine oil light when it is necessary to change the engine oil and filter Resetting the Oil Life System 1 Turn the ignition to ON RUN with the engine off 2 Fully press and release the accelerator pedal three times within five seconds 3 Turn the key to LOCK OFF See Engine Oil Life System on page 6 18 Hood Release To open the hood 1 Pull the hood release handle inside the vehicle It is located on the lower left side of the instrument panel 2 At the front of the vehicle lift up on the secondary hood release lever located under the front center of the vehicle 3 Lift the hood and securely place the hood prop into the slot on the inner fender See Hood Release on page 6 12 1 21 Driving for Better Fuel Economy Driving habits can affect fuel mi
63. to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick so there is even less traction Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more 5 11 The Antilock Brake System ABS on page 5 4 improves vehicle stability during hard stops on slippery roads but whether the vehicle has ABS or not apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement Without ABS if the vehicle begins to slide let up on the brake pedal a little and apply steady pedal pressure to get the most traction On vehicles without ABS braking so hard that the wheels stop rolling can cause the vehicle to slide brake so the wheels always keep rolling so you can still steer Allow greater following distance on any slippery road and watch for slippery spots Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice Turn off cruise control if equipped on slippery surfaces Blizzard Conditions Being stuck in snow can be in a serious situation Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby If possible use the Roadside Assistance Program on page 8 6 To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe e Turn on the Hazard Warning Flashers on page 4 3 e Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror 5 12 A WARNING Sn
64. to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 6 78 6 57 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to geta pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure
65. transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information Radio Frequency Statement This vehicle has systems that operate on a radio frequency that comply with Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with RSS 210 211 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 The device may not cause interference 2 The device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 8 17 NOTES 8 18 A Accessories and Modifications 6 3 Accessory Power Outlets 220000005 4 13 Add On Electrical Equipment 04 6 86 Additives Fuel 6 7 Air Cleaner Filter Engine 6 19 Air Conditioning 4 15 Air Filter Passenger Compartment 4 18 Airbag Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle ees d eege 2 71 Airbag System How Does an Airbag Restrain 2 63 Passenger Sensing System 2 65 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 2 70 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 2 63 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 2 64
66. unlock The hazard warning lamps will flash twice If the door is not opened or if the engine is not started within 30 seconds after disarming the system using the transmitter all of the doors will automatically lock and the theft deterrent mode will rearm How the System Alarm is Activated If a door or the trunk or liftgate is opened without using the key or the remote keyless entry transmitter the horn will sound and the lamps will flash for up to 30 seconds How to Turn Off the System Alarm If the system alarm is active it can be deactivated using one of the following methods e Press one of the buttons on the remote keyless entry transmitter e Unlock the driver s or passenger s front door using the key Otherwise the alarm will automatically stop after 30 seconds The system will then lock the doors and rearm the theft deterrent system How to Detect a Tamper Condition If the hazard warning lamps flash once when you press the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter the theft deterrent system alarm was activated while you were away Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice The vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 805 km 500 miles Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle
67. until the radio setup menu displays 2 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 3 Press FAV to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency tabs and to begin the process of programming favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages Setting the Tone Bass Mid Treble SOUND Bass Mid Treble Press to adjust the bass midrange or treble Adjusting the Bass To adjust the bass 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the Bass tab on the display 3 Turn D to adjust the setting 4 The settings are saved after five seconds Adjusting the Midrange To adjust the midrange 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the Mid tab on the display 3 Turn D to adjust the setting 4 The settings are saved after five seconds Adjusting the Treble To adjust the treble 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the Treb tab on the display 3 Turn D to adjust the setting 4 The settings are saved after five seconds Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade SOUND Balance Fade Press to adjust the balance or fade Adjusting the Balance To adjust the balance 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the Bal tab on the display 3 Turn D to adjust the setting 4 The settings are saved after five seconds 4 39 Adjusting the Fade To adjust the fade 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the push
68. vehicle it is important that the first rotation service for new tires be performed when they have 8 000 to 13 000 km 5 000 to 8 000 miles See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 6 61 Scheduled Maintenance When the Change Engine Oil Light Displays Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 6 15 An Emission Control Service When the change engine oil light displays service is required for the vehicle as soon as possible within the next 1000 km 600 miles If driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system might not indicate the need for vehicle service for more than a year The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and the oil life system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work and reset the system If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally service the vehicle within 5 000 km 3 000 miles since the last service Reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 6 18 When the change engine oil light displays certain services checks and inspections are required The services described for Maintenance I should be performed at every engine oil change The services described for Maintenance II should be performed when e Maintenance I was performed the last time the engine oil was changed e Hhas been 10 months or more since the change engine oil light has displayed or s
69. vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park See Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 3 29 Ensure that the shift lever is fully in P Park before starting the engine The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system You have to apply the brake pedal before you can shift from P Park when the key is in ON RUN If you cannot shift out of P Park while holding the brake pedal down see Shifting Out of Park on page 3 30 R Reverse Use this gear to back up When shifting from N Neutral to R Reverse you need to apply the brake pedal and push the release button on the front of the shifter Notice Shifting to R Reverse while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Shift to R Reverse only after the vehicle is stopped To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging the transmission see If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 5 13 N Neutral In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart the engine while the vehicle is already movin
70. vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 for an example of the tire information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 6 57 Your vehicle s TPMS system can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 6 61 and Tires on page 6 50 Notice Liquid tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors Sensor damage caused by using a tire sealant is not covered by your warranty Do not use liquid tire sealants 6 60 TPMS Malfunction Light The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle The low tire warning light comes on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light to come on are e One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor The TPMS malfunction light should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor e One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are
71. wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 6 63 and Accessories and Modifications on page 6 3 for additional information Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum selection width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the Unites States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements 6 65 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 times as well on the government co
72. 0 folders five sessions and 999 files Long file names and folder names can use more disc memory space than necessary To conserve space on the disc minimize the length of the file and folder names An MP3 WMA CD that was recorded using no file folders can also be played The system can support up to eight folders in depth though keep the depth of the folders to a minimum in order to keep down the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback If a CD contains more than the maximum of 50 folders five sessions and 999 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum are ignored Root Directory The root directory is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory is displayed as ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any other directory Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display No Folder When a CD contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder function does not function on a CD that was recorded without folders or playlists When displa
73. 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE5613K123456 This legal identifier is in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side It can be seen through the windshield from outside The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code identifies the vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Engine Specifications under Capacities and Specifications on page 6 93 for the vehicle s engine code 6 85 Service Parts Identification Label This label on the inside of the glove box has the following information e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to the vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain the vehicle battery even if the vehicle is not operating 6 86 The vehicle has an airbag sy
74. 2010 Pontiac G3 Owner Manual M WB GR EE 1 1 Instrument Panel 1 2 Initial Drive Information 1 3 Vehicle Features 1 16 Performance and Maintenance 1 20 Seats and Restraint System 2 1 Head Restraints 0 0 00 cece eee eee e eee ee 2 2 Front Seats 2 0 0 0 ccc cece eee eee eee 2 4 E EEN 2 8 Safety Bells wscsiudvinnctie Seege SEENEN tees 2 15 Child Restraints 0 00 e eee eee eee 2 33 Airbag System 2 23 dace dE bop EE SEN EE AN 2 57 Restraint System Check 2 72 Features and Controls 3 1 K6YS tie ga dE be ee 3 2 Doors and LOCKS iccivcrscscccvaseinaras canarias 3 6 Ville UE 3 12 Theft Deterrent Systems 3 14 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 3 17 lte EE 3 34 Storage AreaS 3 36 elle e EE 3 37 Instrument Panel 4 1 Instrument Panel Overview 4 3 Climate Controls 4 15 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 4 20 Audio System s 0 0 ecc eee eee eee ee 4 36 Driving Your Vehicle 5 1 Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle 5 2 TOWING EE 5 25 Service and Appearance Care 6 1 EE E EE 6 3 PUGH see E ee e 6 5 Checking Things Under the Hood 6 11 2010 Pontiac G3 Owner Manual Ci Headlamp Aiming 6 42 Bulb Replacement 0 0 c eee e eee eens 6 43 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 6 49 RI CN 6 50 Appearance Care
75. 2345579 in Canada 992887 7 13 Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Maintenance Replacement Parts Engine Air Cleaner Filter Passenger Compartment Air Filter 6962173 CY Wiper Blades Hatchback Driver Side Passenger Side Wiper Blades Sedan Driver Side Passenger Side 7 14 Engine Drive Belt Routing 7 15 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided Retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer 7 16 SS Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Serviced By Services Performed Reading 7 18 Section 8 Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance and Information 8 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 8 2 Online Owner Center 8 4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Heefeg dE ele See 8 5 Customer Assistance Offices 8 5 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 8 6 Roadside Assistance Program 8 6 Scheduling Service Appointments 8 9 Courtesy Transportation Program 8 9 Collision Damage Repair 8 10 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defect
76. 4 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change just raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete your lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash rapidly a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers will not see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check for burned out bulbs and then check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 6 87 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer The headlamps must be on for this feature to work Push the turn signal lever away from you to turn the high beams on This instrument panel cluster light D comes on while the high beams are on and the ignition is turned to ON RUN Pull the lever towards you to return to low beams Flash to Pass This feature is used to signal to the vehicle ahead that you want to pass Pull the turn signal multifunction lever towards you until the high beam hea
77. 4 28 Cooling Syste Mi ccc eee eee eee 6 24 Courtesy Transportation Program 8 9 Cruise Control eg enee 40a S 4 8 Die lu EE 4 33 Te ele 3 36 Customer Assistance 0 00ccee cece eens 8 5 lUleEEE E 8 5 Text Telephone TTY Users 2 200005 8 5 Customer Information Service Publications Ordering Information 8 15 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 8 2 Damage Repair Collision 2 2555 8 10 Data Recorders Event 8 16 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 4 11 Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light 4 33 Defensive Driving 2 0 0cec snina Eai 5 2 DISC AMPS ies steer creche ae EE dE 4 48 Doing Your Own Service Work 6 4 D me Lamp screena oen e 4 13 Door Ee Ee EE 4 34 Ajar Reminder 0 00e cece eee e eens 3 7 Central Door Unlocking System 3 7 LOCKS EE 3 6 Rear Door Security Locks 3 7 Driver Seat Height Adluster nnn 2 5 Driving AtNIght Eege ER eegenen 5 8 Before a Long Trp st EIERE E EES 5 10 Deene areeni e SE ee E EE 5 2 EI 5 2 Driving cont Highway Hypnosis 2 020 ecee cece e eee 5 10 Hill and Mountain RoadS eee 5 10 In Rain and on Wet RoadS eee 5 9 Loss 0f Control geseet 5 7 Off Road Recovery 0 0 ecec cece eee eee 5 7 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 5 14 WINIET ee Reg dE EE EEN 5 11 Driving for Better Fuel Economy
78. 84 C mpact TER 6 78 Different Sale 2 ANNE NEEN NEEN NEEN 6 65 lta Tire Goes Flat dee ees ZEN 6 69 Inflation Tire Pressure 6 57 Inspection and Rotation 6 61 Installing the Spare fire 6 73 Pressure Light EERSTEN E 4 28 Pressure Monitor Operation 6 59 Pressure Monitor System 2 20200005 6 58 Removing the Flat fire 6 73 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 6 71 Sidewall Labeling 0 00 c cece eens 6 51 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 6 78 Terminology and Definitions 6 54 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 6 65 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 6 67 Wheel Replacement 60 0ceeeeeeee 6 67 When It Is Time for New Tires 005 6 63 Towing Recreational Vehicle 000000eeeeee 5 25 Towing a Trailer 5 27 Your Velen sacar ceerarageseederiiieniiead sees 5 25 Transmission Fluid AUtOMAatiC A5 ENEE EE EINEN decadence 6 21 Fluid Maps 12211 DEES dE dE See 6 23 Transmission Operation Automatic 3 22 Transmission Operation Manual 3 26 Transportation Program Courtesy 8 9 Trip Odometer 0 ccc ccc eee e teen ees 4 22 TRUNK intent piece eatha aad qaced renee end Bandai 3 8 Turn and Lane Change Signals 4 4 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 2 4 4 U Uniform Tire Qu
79. ATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with 2 43 instructions on how to use the child restraint and its Top Tether Anchor attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments Lower Anchors A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Lower anchors A ar
80. Do not overfill the reservoir and remember to replace the cap tightly when you are finished and clean up any spilled fluid What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 7 12 Always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for reservoir location Notice When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in the windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint 6 33 B
81. EE 3 22 B Backglass Antenna 0 6 00eeee eee eee 4 53 Battery Age SE Ee Seu 6 37 Inadvertent Power Saver 02000000 4 13 Belt Routing Enge 7 15 Brake EM rgenGleS 5 SEN SEENEN NUES EENS A 5 5 Brakes AA iere K re ae e dha Eege AE 6 34 AntiloCk EE 5 4 ParkinGis EE 3 28 System Warning Light 2 202005 4 26 Breaking get gege 5 3 Braking in Emergencies 5 5 Break In New Vehicle 3 17 Bulb Replacement 0 0 ecee cece eee ee 6 49 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL EE 6 46 6 47 POG in 4 12 Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking LAMPS as sed EE ee EEN 6 45 Halogen BUll DSe EN NEE NEEN d SS EN 6 43 Headlamp AIMN eee e eee 6 42 Headlamps 6 43 License Plate Lamps 0cc ec eee enue 6 48 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back Up Lamps 6 47 Buying New TireS 200 cece eee cece e eee 6 63 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 6 4 El le EE 6 4 Galifornia ER 2 Eeer NEE geed 6 6 Canadian Owners iii Capacities and Specifications nnaaaaana 6 93 Carbon Monoxide Engine ExhauSt ss c 0cccscagneasacavagadacdceswaas Liftgate Re Il Winter Driving Care of Safety Belts CD MP3 Center High Mounted Stoplamp GHMSE iict cans ege Eege ee 6 46 Central Door Unlock System nnann ennn Chains Tire Charging System Light Check Engine Lamp Checking Thin
82. English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit 8 5 Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EXJMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift 8 6 The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM D
83. Fluid Automatic Transmission 6 21 Power Steering cccsare2seiiiaaeteenaeasa eas 6 32 Windshield Washer 2 202020eeeeeee 6 33 Fog Lamps Bulb Replacement 2 0 0020eeeeeeeeee 4 12 Light EE 4 33 Fuel geen See NEE E EE 6 5 Additives crr cent agen Mui tad stead hatte nace 6 7 California Fuel 6 6 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 6 10 Filling the Tank 6 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries 2 0055 6 8 Gage EE 4 34 Gasoline Octane 00 c cece eee eee 6 6 Gasoline Specifications 2 00202005 6 6 Low Fuel Warning Lob 4 35 Fuel Economy Driving for Better 1 22 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block 6 89 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 2 2 04 6 87 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 6 87 Windshield Wiper 0 ccc cee c cence ees 6 86 G Gages Engine Coolant Temperature 4 28 PUG les cee ee eet re EE ger 4 34 Speedometer 000 ccc cece eee eee eens 4 22 Tachometer EE 4 22 Trip Odometer 0 cc cece cece ence eee eens 4 22 Gasoline Oct h REENERT EN EES 6 6 Specifications zacre cases aeesdwes nee wena wer 6 6 Glove BOX Ae eh cage Ae geed D ebe d 3 36 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 8 6 H Halogen Bless SEENEN EES EE Ne 6 43 Hazard Warning Flashers 0000 00005 4 3 Head Restraints 2 2 Headlamp Wiring 0 0 0c cece c
84. Follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move If the vehicle has an automatic transmission see Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 3 29 3 33 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror Hold the inside rearview mirror in the center to move it for a clearer view behind your vehicle Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the headlamps behind you Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use Outside Manual Mirrors Adjust the mirrors to see a little of the side of your vehicle 3 34 Controls for the outside manual mirrors are located next to each mirror Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash To fold push the mirror toward the vehicle Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position Outside Power Mirrors The control is located on the instrument panel left of the steering wheel The ignition must be turned to ON RUN to adjust the mirrors To adjust the mirrors 1 Select the mirror you want to adjust by moving the selector switch to L for the driver side mirror or R for the passenger side mirror 2 Press one of the four arrows located on the control pad to move the mirror to the desired direction Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash To fold push the mirror toward the vehicle Push the mirror outward to return to its original position
85. Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM dealers retailers My Driveway Access quick links to parts and service estimates check trade in values or schedule a service appointment by adding the vehicles you own to your driveway profile My Preferences Manage your profile and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up visit the My GM Canada section within www gm ca Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user in the U S can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Pontiac the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 www Pontiac com 1 800 762 2737 or 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992
86. ING If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope A WARNING Coasting downhill in N Neutral or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear when going downhill e Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane e Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident e Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action Winter Driving Driving on Snow or Ice Drive carefully when there is snow or ice between the tires and the road creating less traction or grip Wet ice can occur at about 0 C 32 F when freezing rain begins to fall resulting in even less traction Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated with salt or sand Drive with caution whatever the condition Accelerate gently so traction is not lost Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels
87. No Info displays Press this button for longer than two seconds to change display mode SCROLL MP3 WMA Mode Only Press the SOUND button for longer than two seconds The song title or other available information of a song scrolls on off The offset is scroll on The scroll mode can be changed only when the SOUND button is pressed for longer than two seconds XM Radio Messages UPDATING The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds NO SIGNAL The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When the vehicle is moved into an open area the signal should return LOADING The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly OFF AIR This channel is not currently in service Tune in to another channel CH UNAVAILABLE This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button RADIO ID If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service CHECK XM TUNER If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Audio Steering Wheel Controls
88. Outlet s Accessory power outlets can be used to plug in auxiliary electrical equipment such as a cellular phone The accessory power outlet is located next to the parking brake on the center console To use the accessory power outlet remove the protective cap When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap The accessory power outlet is operational when the ignition is turned to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum amperage rating Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer for additional information on accessory power outlets 4 13 Notice Adding any electrical equipment to the vehicle can damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Do not hang any type of acce
89. P Park See Defensive Driving on page 5 2 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5mm 1 8 in cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle speakers D Power Volume Turn to adjust the volume Additional volume adjustments may have to be made from the portable device if the volume is too quiet or too loud CD AUX Auxiliary Press to play a CD while a portable audio device is playing Press CD AUX a second time for the system to begin playing audio from the connected portable audio player The portable audio device continues playing until it is turned off 4 48 Using an MP3 MP3 WMA CD R Disc MP3 Format If you burn your own MP3 WMA disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 WMA files are recorded on a CD R disc e Do not mix standard audio and MP3 WMA files on one disc e Make sure each MP3 WMA file has a m3u or wma extension other file extensions might not work e Files can be recorded with a variety of fixed or variable bit rates Song title artist name and album are available for display by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 e Make sure to finalize the disc when burning an MP3 WMA disc using multiple sessions It is usually better to burn the disc all at once The player is able to read and play a maximum of 5
90. R cranes ee 6 48 Malfunction Indicator 4 29 Lap Shoulder Belt 2 29 LATCH System for Child Restraints 2 43 Liftgate Carbon Monoxide ese e eee eee eee 3 11 Lights Airbag Headiness cece cence 4 23 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning 4 27 Brake System Warning 220 00ee0 4 26 Change Engine Oil 0020eeeeeee 4 32 Charging System 00cce eee e eee ees 4 25 Cruise ConttOliesccuccdet dea lin hae EELEE 4 33 Daytime Running Lamps Indicator 4 33 Bee EE 4 34 Exterior LAMPS 4 11 FlaSh t0 PasS Ee EEN EE ede ba Ne 4 5 Fog Ell 4 33 High Low Beam Changer 0ee eee eee 4 5 Highbeami ON iest cceeseaeesases SERA E 4 33 Hold Mode i EE dE ender EA Art 4 27 Low Fuel Warning 0 00ecee eee eeeee 4 35 Oil PIESSUPG ed eee an EEN 4 31 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 4 24 Safety Belt Reminders 2 202005 4 23 Tire breseure ENEE ENNER ENEE EES 4 28 Up Shift gg REES EE Ee d 4 26 Loading Your Vehicle 5 14 Locks Central Door Unlocking System 3 7 DOOM EE 3 6 Rear Door Security Locks 3 7 Loss Of CONTON prora oenn asar Ta sade caretan 5 7 Low Fuel Warning Lob 4 35 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 2 43 Lumbar Manual Controls ic cccctadcdcciiantvawrnecnamaintens 2 5 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Record 7 16 Maintenan
91. RIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For U S purchased vehicles call 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Text telephone TTY 1 888 889 2438 For Canadian purchased vehicles call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year Calling for Assistance When calling Roadside Assistance have the following information ready e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem Coverage Services are provided up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever comes first In the U S anyone driving the vehicle is covered In Canada a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often or the same type of claim is made many times Services Provided Emergency Fuel Delivery Delivery of enoug
92. See Scheduled Maintenance on page 7 3 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 6 63 and Wheel Replacement on page 6 67 for more information 6 61 When rotating your tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the tire and loading information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 for an example of the tire and loading information label and where it is located on your vehicle Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 6 93 A WARNING Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust o
93. a neck injury ina crash 2 2 Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the restraint down Push down on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place The head restraints are not designed to be removed The rear seats have head rests that are adjustable up and down 2 3 Front Seats Manual Seats A WARNING You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving 2 4 Lift the bar under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place Seat Height Adjuster Turn the knob located on the outboard side of the seat to adjust the height of the driver seat Turn the knob forward to raise the seat and rearward to lower it Manual Lumbar On vehicles with front seat manual lumbar the adjustment lever is located on the outboard side of the seatback Move the lever up or down to one of three positions to increase or decrease lumbar support The highest position provides the most support and the lowest position provides the least s
94. additional instructions or information Vehicle Symbol Chart Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean For more information on the symbol refer to the index i Airbag Readiness Light X Air Conditioning Dal Antilock Brake System ABS VW Audio Steering Wheel Controls or OnStar O Brake System Warning Light Charging System Cruise Control E Engine Coolant Temperature Exterior Lamps 40 Fog Lamps W Fuel Gage i Fuses ZB Headlamp High Low Beam Changer LATCH System Child Restraints VC Malfunction Indicator Lamp Yi Oil Pressure gedo Power Remote Vehicle Start Safety Belt Reminders Tire Pressure Monitor Traction Control Windshield Washer Fluid NOTES vi Section 1 In Brief Instrument Panel 1 2 Vehicle Features 1 16 Initial Drive Information 1 3 Radio S 0 0 cece eee eects 1 16 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 4 3 Satellite Radio eee 1 17 DOOr MOCKS 124 ich cic Ee 1 4 Portable Audio Devices 1 18 Ligate eaa er EE 1 4 Steering Wheel Controls 2 5 1 18 Trunk Release ooo occ LL LLL 1 5 Cruise Control 1 19 EE 1 5 Power Outlets 010s sees eee eee eee 1 19 Seat Adjustment 2 000 cc cece cece eee 1 6 1 ole ee 1 19 Second Row Seats 20 0cce cece eee 1 8 Performance and Maintenance 1
95. ade Then press and hold the driver side of the switch To close the sunroof press and hold the passenger side of the switch until the sunroof reaches the desired position To fully open the sunroof press and hold the passenger side of the switch The sunshade opens with the sunroof To close the sunroof press and hold the driver side of the switch The sunroof will stop if the switch is released during operation Close the sunshade manually In both the vent and fully open positions the air flow can be adjusted by pushing and holding the switch until the sunroof moves to the desired position The sunroof cannot be opened or closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure 3 37 NOTES 3 38 Section A Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview 4 3 Climate Controls 2 cece eee eee 4 15 Hazard Warning Flashers 4 3 Climate Control System 4 15 FIOM EE 4 3 Outlet Adjustment 0000e cece ee 4 18 THE EE 4 3 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 4 18 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever E 4 4 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 4 20 Turn and Lane Change Signals 4 4 Instrument Panel Cluster 4 21 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 4 5 Speedometer and Odometer 4 22 Flash to Pass 0 6 ee eee eee 4 5 ee EE 4 22 Windshield Wipers s sees 4 6 Tachomet r em
96. age 2 20 e Lap Shoulder Belt on page 2 29 e Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 2 43 Sensing System for Passenger Airbag The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped under certain conditions The driver airbags are not affected by this The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible near the clock located in the center of the instrument panel when the vehicle is started PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ON C g United States Canada See Passenger Sensing System on page 2 65 for important information 1 9 Mirror Adjustment Power Outside Mirrors The control is located on Exterior Mirrors the instrument panel left Manual Outside Mirrors of the steering wheel The ignition must be turned to ON RUN to adjust the mirrors 1 Select the mirror by moving the selector switch to L for the driver side mirror or R for the passenger side 2 Press one of the four arrows located on the control The control for the outside manual mirrors are located pad to move the mirror to the desired direction next to each mirror For more information see Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage e Outside Power Mirrors on page 3 35 when going through an automatic car wash To fold pull the mirror toward the vehicle Push the mirror outward to return to its original position e Outside Manual Mirror
97. ags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury have the vehicle serviced right away 4 24 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator The vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Passenger Sensing System on page 2 65 for important safety information The vehicle has a passenger airbag status indicator near the clock located in the center of the instrument panel PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF ON oO LJ sg United States Canada When the vehicle is started the passenger airbag status indicator will light PASSENGER AIRBAG ON and PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either PASSENGER AIRBAG ON or PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger frontal and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped If the words PASSENGER AIRBAG ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped is enabled may inflate If the words PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or the off symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped If after several
98. ality Grading 6 65 Up Shift LiQht iers ander Dei ee eg AE 4 26 Vehicle GONUOl sastapnedadacenecrasee eatessteeedeecaetins te 5 3 LOAGING WEE 5 14 Parking YOUN e i icetiesiiteaehien eid gawtedades 3 31 Running While Parke 3 33 Nd EEN iv Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 8 16 Vehicle Identification Number IN 6 85 Service Parts Identification Label 6 86 Ventilation Adjustment 6 0020e ee ee 4 18 VISOrS see RE BEER ENS 3 14 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 4 20 Warnings Hazard Flashers 2 20 0c cece ence eee ee 4 3 Safety and Symbols iv Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 6 67 Different Size 00 ccc cece eee eee 6 65 Replacement e s 6 67 When It Is Time for New Tree 6 63 Where to Put the Child Restraint 2 42 WINGOWS EE 3 12 ManUall 2 20c5cecnetaraschtnc ses eamanheeeontecs tie 3 13 POWGP siti cdadantewerdsmantanti dag endows 3 13 Windshield NEE Ee EE 4 7 Washer Fluid e u eeek ct enane deaaieneae neater 6 33 Wiper Blade Replacement 25 5 6 49 Wiper Blades Cleaning nnnnunnnnnnnnnnnn 6 83 Wiper FUSES 0 0 e cece eee eee eee eee 6 86 le 4 6 Winter Driving Ee E ERER Eeer 5 11 Wipers Rear WaShe P tu ge daa se EA E 4 7 A XM Radio Messages 2 0e0eeeeeeeeee 4 51
99. ants on page 7 12 for more information For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Transmission Automatic All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a 6 93 Engine Se VIN Code Spark Plug Gap Automatic and 6 94 Section 7 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 7 2 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 7 12 introductio EE 7 2 Maintenance Replacement Parts 7 14 Scheduled Maintenance 7 3 Engine Drive Belt Routing 7 15 Owner Checks and Services 05 7 9 Maintenance Record 7 16 7 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections recommended fluids and lubricants are necessary to keep this vehicle in good working condition Damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition improves fuel economy and reduces vehicle emissions for better air quality Because of all the different ways people use vehicles maintenance needs vary The vehicle might need more frequent checks and servi
100. anual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 8 16 and Event Data Recorders on page 8 16 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag system Improper service can mean that the airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service Passenger Sensing System The vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible near the clock located in the center of the instrument panel when the vehicle is started PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF ON C g United States Canada The words PASSENGER AIRBAG ON and PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or the symbols for on and off will be visible during the system check When the system check is complete either the words PASSENGER AIRBAG ON and PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 4 24 2 65 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped under certain conditions The driver airbags are not affected by the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a
101. arning lights come on when there might be or there is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working Gages can indicate when there might be or there is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to indicate a problem with the vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving or when one of the gages shows there could be a problem check the section that explains what to do Follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous Instrument Panel Cluster ES 7 ES vc EI 4 ZC E r E by 2 N A CH El ez United States Manual Transmission Shown Canada and Automatic Transmission Similar 4 21 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer shows the vehicle s speed in both kilometers per hour km h and miles per hour mph The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven in either kilometers used in Canada or miles used in the United States Trip Odometer The trip odometer can record the number of miles used in the United States or kilometers used in Canada traveled for up to two trips Cycle between the odometer and trip odometers A and B by pressing the reset button located in the lower right area of the speedometer Press the reset button to tell how many miles or kilometers have been recorded on
102. ase the accelerator pedal while shifting and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If the vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 5 25 5 14 Loading the Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight or maximum load amount and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label A WARNING Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label United States TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHANGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 4 FRONT y x NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL AVANT ARRIERE Ibs combined weight of S pors and cargo should never exceed ee KI OF ee ee
103. at We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a WARNING Continued Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual booster seat and children who are large enough using circumstance even though it is turned off safety belts Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys Z WARNING A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be See Passenger Sensing System on page 2 65 for additional information When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle very
104. ation explains how to use the jack and change a tire 1 Open the trunk or liftgate See Trunk on page 3 8 or Liftgate Hatchback on page 3 11 2 Lift the trim cover 6 71 3 Remove the foam tray 5 Turn the retainer counterclockwise and remove it 4 Remove the jack the jack handle and the wheel from the compact spare wrench from the foam tray 6 Remove the compact spare tire See Compact Spare Tire on page 6 78 for more information 6 72 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 2 Do a safety check before proceeding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 6 70 If your vehicle has wheel covers turn the four plastic caps counterclockwise by hand or by using the wheel wrench The plastic nuts do not come off of the cover Remove the wheel cover using the flat end of the jack handle Pry along the edge of the wheel cover until it comes off Store the wheel cover in the cargo area until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced 4 Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to loosen them Do not remove them yet 6 73 6 74 Hatchback Sedan Locate the notch in the frame near each wheel which the jack head fits in Position the jack and raise the jack head until it fits firmly into the notch in the vehicle s frame nearest the flat tire Put the compact spare tire near you 8 Insert the jack handle into the jack and the wheel wrench onto the end of the jack han
105. ay to save heat Repeat this until help arrives but only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold Moving about to keep warm also helps If it takes some time for help to arrive now and then when you run the engine push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps Do this as little as possible to save fuel If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 5 14 A WARNING If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 55 km h 35 mph as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on the vehicle see Tire Chains on page 6 68 5 13 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Shift back and forth between R Reverse and a forward gear or with a manual transmission between 1 First or 2 Second and R Reverse spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Rele
106. base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into the vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively Passenger Compartment Air Filter For vehicles with a passenger compartment air filter it is located behind the glove box It can be accessed after removing the glove box from its housing Pollen and dust are removed by the filter The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance For a replacement filter see your dealer retailer See Scheduled Maintenance on page 7 3 for replacement intervals To change the passenger compartment air filter use the following steps 3 Remove the filter cover by pressing in on the bottom retaining tab and pulling the cover down 1 Open the glove box halfway down 2 Grip the glove box by both the upper and lower sides and pull it out of its housing 4 19 4 Replace the air conditioner filter 5 View the air flow arrows on the filter before installing to ensure the filter is installed correctly 4 20 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could prevent injury W
107. bees 4 48 XM Radio Messages 0 000020eeee 4 51 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 4 51 Radio Reception 4 52 Fixed Mast Antenna Hatchback 4 53 Backglass Antenna Sedan 4 53 Multi Band Antenna 0e eee e eee 4 54 Instrument Panel Overview Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flasher button is located to the right of the climate control system on the sedan A Hazard Warning Flasher Press to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off This warns others that you are having trouble Press the button again to turn the flashers off When the hazard warning flashers are on the turn signals will not work Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel The tilt wheel lever is located under the steering column slightly to the left To adjust the steering wheel 1 Pull the lever down 2 Move the steering wheel up or down into a comfortable position 3 Pull the lever up to lock the wheel in place Do not adjust the tilt lever while driving 4 3 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following Turn and Lane Change Signals D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Y Exterior Light Control 40 Fog Lamps if equipped Flash to Pass Feature Information for these features is on the pages following 4
108. button below the Fad tab on the display 3 Turn D to adjust the setting 4 The settings are saved after five seconds Setting the EQ SOUND Equalization Press to select an equalization setting Setting the EQ To set the EQ 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the P EQ tab on the display The Pop Rock Ctry Voice Jazz Clas tabs appear on the display 3 Press the pushbutton below the desired selection to set the EQ Pressing the same pushbutton again cancels the EQ setting 4 40 XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and www xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 4 51 later in this section for further detail Using the Auxiliary Input Jack The radio system has a 3 5 mm 1 8 in auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug headphones into the 3 5 mm 1 8 in auxiliary input jack An external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer etc can be connected to the 3 5 mm 1 8 in auxiliary
109. can still work and stop the vehicle For good braking both parts need to work If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have the brake system inspected right away 4 26 BRAKE o0 O United States Canada A WARNING The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped have the vehicle towed for service This light should come on briefly when the ignition is turned to ON If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when the parking brake is set The light will stay on if the parking brake does not fully release If it stays on after the parking brake is fully released it means there is a brake problem If the light comes on while driving carefully pull off the road and stop The pedal may be harder to push or may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 5 25 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light comes on briefly when the engine is started If the light stays on turn the ignition to LOCK OFF or if th
110. cation Centre at 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French 8 2 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Pontiac remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you can file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with th
111. ce Replacement Parts 7 14 Owner Checks and Gervices 7 9 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 7 12 Scheduled Maintenance 7 3 Malfunction Indicator Lamp 4 29 Manual Lumbar Controls a n nueanuenuaaennannnnna 2 5 Manual Geats 0 00 c cc cece eee eee tenes 2 4 Manual Transmission PIG EEN 6 23 Operatie aiee dnie ENEE 3 26 Manual Windows 3 13 Mirrors Outlet Adjustment 0 cc cece eee eee 4 18 Manual Rearview 0 c eee c eee cence ees 3 34 Outlets Outside Convex More 3 35 Accessory Power 4 13 Outside Heated Morse 3 35 Outside Outside Manual Mirrors 0 0ce ee eee 3 34 Convex Mirror 3 35 Outside Power Morse 3 35 Heated Mirrors 0 0 0 cece cece eee eee 3 35 lU 4 48 Manual Mirrors 3 34 Power Mirrors 3 35 N Owner Checks and Services 0000ee eens 7 9 New Vehicle Break In ccc ccccccccccccccccccccce 3 17 Owners Canadian II O P Odoinieter ege REENEN 4 22 Paint Domage 0 eee ee ee eters 6 84 EE 4 22 Park Off Road Shifting te ME EE 3 29 RECOVEIY sess cisissdicd EEN ENNEN 5 7 Shifting Out o 3 30 Oil Parking Change Engine Oil Light EE 4 32 Brake H S NENNEN ENNEN 3 28 IER 6 15 Over Things That Burn sss eeeee 3 32 Engine Oil Life System eae she one AS ee 6 18 Parking Your Vehicle DR SE 3 31 Pressure Loi 4 31 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 4 24 Older Children Beete 233
112. ces Please read the information under Scheduled Maintenance To keep the vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer 7 2 The maintenance schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 6 6 Z WARNING Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 6 4 At your General Motors dealer retailer you can be certain that you will receive the highest level of service available Your dealer retailer has specially trained service technicians uses genuine GM replacement parts as well as up to date tools and equipment to ensure fast and accurate diagnostics The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 7 12 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 7 14 We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Rotation of New Tires To maintain ride handling and performance of the
113. cifications but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 4 29 If this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases nothing should have to be added to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if the vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline For customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly one bottle of GM Fuel System Treatment PLUS added to the fuel tank at every engine oil change can help clean deposits from fuel injectors and intake valves GM Fuel System Treatment PLUS is the only gasoline additive recommended by General Motors Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gas
114. ck set the parking brake and then shift into P Park properly before you leave the driver seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 3 29 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of P Park before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of P Park 3 30 Shifting Out of Park Vehicles with an automatic transmission have a shift interlock system You have to apply the brake pedal before you can shift from P Park when the ignition is in the ON RUN position See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 3 22 If you cannot shift out of P Park while holding the brake pedal down try this 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition off and remove the key 3 Remove the hole cover from the shift lock slot by prying it off using a small flat object The shift lock release slot is located at the top of the shift lever Parking the Vehicle Manual Transmission Before leaving the vehicle do the following 1 Hold the brake pedal down and firmly apply the parking brake 2 Fully press in the clutch pedal and place the shift lever into the gear position as stated below e When parking on level ground place the shift lever into N Neutral e When parking downhill place the shift l
115. ck together and replace the screw Make sure the cover is on tightly so water will not get in Test the transmitter operation 3 5 Doors and Locks Door Locks A WARNING Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the doors are not locked So all passengers should wear Safety belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it Continued 3 6 WARNING Continued e Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are several ways to lock and unlock the vehicle From the outside use your key or the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 3 4 To manually unlock the front doors from the outside insert the key and turn it counterclockwise To manually lock the doors insert the key and turn it clockwise All doors except for the driver door can be locked by pushing down the manual door loc
116. close to the inflating airbag A child ina forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Continued 2 42 There are a couple of things you need to know about using child restraints in your rear seat If you use a child restraint in the center rear seating position A the safety belts and the child restraint LATCH anchors for the rear outside seating positions B will not be accessible Therefore you will not be able to secure child restraints or have passengers ride in the rear outside seating positions If you use two child restraints A in the rear outside seating positions the safety belt for the center rear seat position B will not be accessible Therefore you will not be able to secure a child restraint or have a passenger ride in the center rear seating position Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The L
117. cruise control speed set earlier 4 10 Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle s speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle s speed down When the brakes are applied the cruise control turns off Ending Cruise Control There are two ways to turn off the cruise control e Step lightly on the brake pedal or press the clutch pedal if you have a manual transmission e Press 1 on the cruise control pad Erasing Speed Memory The cruise control set speed memory is erased when the cruise control or the ignition is turned off Exterior Lamps Uplevel shown Base similar The lever on the left side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps The exterior lamp band has three positions 2D Headlamps Turns on the headlamps together with the following e Taillamps e License Plate Lamp e Instrument Panel Lights e Parking Lamps The headlamps automatically turn off when the ignition key is turned to LOCK OFF or ACC ACCESSORY w Parking Lamps Turns on the parking lamps together with the taillamps license plate lamp and instrument panel lights OFF Turns all the lamps off except the Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps
118. curely Try to pull up on the seat to make sure it is locked in place Hook the safety belts in the outboard seating positions into the retaining clips 2 13 7 Return the safety belt buckles and the center seat A WARNING safety belt to their original position between the rear seatback and the seat cushion Make sure A the straps of the safety belt and buckles are not safety belt that is improperly routed not twisted properly attached or twisted will not provide the 8 To reattach the center seat safety belt to the mini protection needed in a crash The person wearing buckle pull it from the retractor Z WARNING If either seatback is not locked it could move the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted 2 14 Lift the seatbacks up and push them back to their forward in a sudden stop or crash That could original latched positions cause injury to the person sitting there Always Unhook the safety belts in the outboard seating push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they positions from the retaining clips are locked 9 Push down and rearward firmly on the top of the seatbacks until they latch securely in the fully upright position Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts properly It also describe
119. d Stoplamp CHMSL Hatchback To replace a CHMSL bulb on the hatchback 1 Open the liftgate See Liftgate Hatchback on page 3 11 for more information 10 Reinstall the headlamp assembly using the three bolts 2 Pull down on the lamp assembly while holding the end of the bracket 3 Remove the lens cover using a flat head screwdriver 4 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the bulb holder 5 Install the new bulb 6 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall 6 46 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL Sedan To replace a CHMSL bulb on the sedan 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 3 8 for more information 2 Remove the two screws and the lamp housing Disconnect the wiring harness connector before removing the lamp housing 3 Remove the five screws and the reflector assembly 4 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the bulb holder 5 Install the new bulb 6 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps To replace a taillamp turn signal lamp stoplamp or back up bulb 1 Open the liftgate or trunk See Liftgate Hatchback on page 3 11 or Trunk on page 3 8 Hatchback 6 47 6 48 Sedan Remove the two screws and the lamp assembly Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove the socket Press the bulb in and turn counterclockwise to remove from the socket Press the new bulb in a
120. d additional coolant to bring the level up to the mark Repeat this procedure until the level remains constant at the Maximum mark for at least five minutes 6 29 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower than the Maximum mark add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the mark 5 Replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured Engine Overheating The vehicle has an indicator to warn of the engine overheating There is a coolant temperature gage on the instrument panel cluster See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 4 28 You may decide not to lift the hood when this warning appears but instead get service help right away See Roadside Assistance Program on page 8 6 If you do decide to lift the hood make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface 6 30 Then check to see if the engine cooling fan is running If the engine is overheating the fan should be running If it is not do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced Notice
121. d facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go Ve s Se EE by ES i 4 2 38 Q What are the different types of add on child restraints WARNING Continued A Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and s age but also whether or not the restraint will be rear facing child restraint settles into the restraint compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will so the crash forces can be distributed across the be used strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label rear facing child restraints saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards Z WARNING The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height A young child s hip bones are still so small that limitations for a particular child restraint In addition the vehicle s regular safety belt may not r
122. d more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be Continued WARNING Continued sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you don t explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately Z WARNING Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if 6 39 the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 7 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive
123. dio reception Any damage caused to your backglass antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by the vehicle warranty Because this antenna is built into the rear window there is a reduced risk of damage caused by car washes and vandals 4 53 If static is heard on the radio when the rear window defogger is turned on it could mean that a defogger grid line has been damaged If this is true the grid line must be repaired If adding a cellular telephone to the vehicle and the antenna needs to be attached to the glass make sure that the grid lines for the AM FM antenna are not damaged There is enough space between the grid lines to attach a cellular telephone antenna without interfering with radio reception 4 54 Multi Band Antenna Vehicles with OnStar have a multi band antenna that is located on the roof of the vehicle The antenna is used for the AM FM radio OnStar and the XM Satellite Radio Service System Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear reception If the vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the AM FM radio OnStar and the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open Section D Driving Your Vehicle Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle 5 2 Defensive Driving 5 2 Drunk DENING sud ENNEN See 5 2 Control of a Vehicle 5 3 El WEE 5 3 Antilock Brake System ABS 5 4 Braking in Emergencies 5 5 SIECMING 8 EE E E een amen
124. dlamps come on then release the lever to turn them off 4 5 Windshield Wipers 4 6 Sedan shown Hatchback shown The lever is located on the right side of the steering column The ignition must be turned to ON RUN to operate the windshield wipers Move the lever to one of the following positions HI High Speed Fast wipes LO Low Speed Slow wipes INT Intermittent Move to this position for a delayed wiping cycle Turn the band on the windshield wiper toward FAST or SLOW for a shorter or longer delay between wipes The wiper speed can only be adjusted when the lever is in the INT position OFF Turns the windshield wipers off Misting Function Move the lever toward INT for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the windshield wipers start then let go The windshield wipers will stop after one wipe If more wipes are needed hold the band toward INT longer Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them Damaged wiper blades should be replaced See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 6 49 Heavy snow or ice can overload the wipers A circuit breaker stops them until the motor cools Windshield Washer To use this feature the ignition must be turned to ON RUN Pull the windshield washer wiper lever toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield The spray continues until the lever is released The wipers wi
125. dle A WARNING Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack Z WARNING Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle 9 10 11 Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the compact spare tire to fit underneath the wheel well Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to remove them Remove the flat tire 6 75 13 Place the compact spare tire on the wheel mounting surface A WARNING A WARNING Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When changing a wheel remove any Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches could fall off causing a crash to the vehicle In an emergency use a cloth ora paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the 14 rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 6 70
126. draulic Clutch There is one reservoir for both the brake and the hydraulic clutch fluid See Brakes on page 6 34 for more information The hydraulic clutch linkage in the vehicle is self adjusting The master cylinder reservoir is filled with hydraulic fluid A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired When to Check and What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the fluid level in the master cylinder reservoir and for the proper fluid See Scheduled Maintenance on page 7 3 and Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 7 12 How to Check and Add Fluid The reservoir is located near the back of the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for more information on location To check the fluid level look on the side of the reservoir If the fluid reaches the MAX A mark on the reservoir the fluid level is correct If the fluid does not reach the MIN B mark on the reservoir then fluid needs to be added 6 23 Cooling System The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the A WARNING correct working temperature An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan VR ty Poy a Le o TP
127. e 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the Bal tab on the display 3 Turn D to adjust the setting 4 The settings are saved after five seconds Adjusting the Fade To adjust the fade 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the Fad tab on the display 3 Turn D to adjust the setting 4 The settings are saved after five seconds Setting the EQ SOUND Equalization Press to select an equalization setting Setting the EQ To set the EQ 1 Press SOUND 2 Press the pushbutton below the P EQ tab on the display The Pop Rock Ctry Voice Jazz Clas tabs appear on the display 3 Press the pushbutton below the desired selection to set the EQ Pressing the same pushbutton again cancels the EQ setting XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and www xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 4 51 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD begins playing A CD can be loaded while the ignition
128. e three buttons for adjusting the digital clock H Hour Press once to go forward one hour To go forward more than one hour press and hold the button until the correct hour is reached M Minute Press once to go forward one minute To go forward more than one minute press and hold the button until the correct minute is reached S Set Press to reset the time to the nearest hour For example if the set button is pressed while the time is between 8 00 and 8 29 the display is set to 8 00 If this button is pressed while the time is between 8 30 and 8 59 the display is set to 9 00 After disconnecting the battery or replacing the fuse reset the clock Climate Controls Climate Control System For vehicles with these climate control systems the heating cooling and ventilation can be controlled for the vehicle Climate Control System with Heater and Air Conditioning D Air Conditioning A C E Recirculation F Rear Window Defogger A Temperature Control B Fan Control C Air Delivery Mode Control 4 15 Climate Control System with Heater Only A Temperature Control B Fan Control C Air Delivery Mode Control OFF Turns the fan off Temperature Control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature of the air flowing from the system Fan Control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed The fan must be turned on to run
129. e as soon as you can Instrument Panel Fuse Block The instrument panel fuse block is located on the end of the instrument panel on the driver side of the vehicle To access the fuses open the fuse panel door by pulling the door out To reinstall the door first insert the rear edge of the fuse panel door then push the front of the door into the end of the instrument panel to secure it 6 87 B UP LAMP PNP Switch Reverse Lamp Switch DEFOG S MIRROR CLUSTER Brake Switch TPMS Anti Theft Module DEFOG MIRROR Power Mirror Unit A C Switch RR DEFOG Rear Defog NA DRL NA DRL Circuit MIRROR Mirror Control Switch Room Lamp AUDIO Audio Glock Sili SUNROOF A C Switch SE aaa EMS 1 Engine Room Fuse Block TCM AIC Switch Clock Power Mirror VSS Fuel Pump AUDIO RKE Unit Audio Anti Theft Module TPMS EMS 2 Stoplamp Switch 6 88 opp _ DLC Immobilizer OBD CLUSTER Trunk Room Lamp Trunk Open ROOM LAMP Switch IPC Room Lamp SDM Sp Sensing and Diagnostic Module Engine Compartment Fuse Block The engine compartment fuse block is located on the driver side of the vehicle near the battery See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for more information on location Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on the vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component To access the fuses press in the side flaps to release the cover To reinstall th
130. e cover 2 46 Sedan For sedan models the top tether anchors are located under the covers behind the rear seat on the filler panel Pull open the cover to access the top tether anchors Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Sry Hatchback For hatchback models the top tether anchors B are located in the rear cargo area attached to the back wall A of the vehicle Squeeze and pull the front part of the plastic cover to access the top tether anchors Remove the cargo shade before installing the top tether The cargo shade should remain off while the top tether is in use Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 2 42 for additional information 2 47 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System Z WARNING If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the child restraint will not be able to
131. e cover push the cover until it is secure 6 89 ACC RAP ENGINE MAIN RELAY RELAY STARTER HDLP LOW HDLP HIGH k PMVINDOW 2 RELAY RELAY RELAY FRONT FOG RELAY SJB BATT Instrument Panel Fuse Block ACC IG1 IGN1 Relay IG2 ST IGN2 Relay Starter Relay ACC RAP Instrument Panel Fuse Block HDLP HI RH Head Lamp RH cone Power Window Switch HDLP LO LH Head Lamp LH I P Fuse Block HDLP LO RH Head Lamp RH FAN LOW Cooling Fan LOW Relay EMS 1 ECM Injector A CON A C Compressor Relay DLIS Ignition Switch Tail Lamp LH side Mark r L EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid PKLP LH Turn Signal amp Parking Lamp LH Thermostat Wed HOSS MAF License Lamp Sensor f Tam Signal amp Parking Lamp RHY L SPARE Notusea PKLPRH Turn Signal amp Parking Lamp RH SFARE Net Used License Lamp I P Fuse Block FRT FOG Front Fog Lamp Relay Relays F PUMP __ Fuel Pump Relay Gei dr Fuel Pump HAZARD ae Switch Hood Contact STARTER Bag Wie RELAY HDLP HILH Head Lamp LH IPC PARK LAMP Park Lamp RELAY 6 91 FRONT FOG RELAY Fog Lamp HDLP HIGH RELAY Head Lamp High ENGINE MAIN Kit Bee RELAY ACC RAP RELAY I P Fuse Block HDLP LOW RELAY Head Lamp Low FAN HIGH e RELAY Cooling Fan High FAN LOW i RELAY Cooling Fan Low FUSE PULLER Fuse Puller 6 92 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubric
132. e decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You can contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 www dr bbb org goauto This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offer
133. e light comes on stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the light still stays on or comes on again while driving the vehicle needs service See your dealer retailer If the regular brake system warning light is not on the brakes will still work but the antilock brakes will not work If the regular brake system warning light is also on the antilock brakes will not work and there is a problem with the regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 4 26 The ABS warning light will come on briefly when the ignition is turned to ON RUN This is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem Hold Mode Light If the vehicle has this feature this light comes on when the hold mode is active HOLD If the HOLD mode light flashes have the vehicle checked See Hold Mode under Automatic Transmission Operation on page 3 22 for more information 4 27 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage United States Canada The vehicle may have an engine coolant temperature gage With the ignition turned to ON RUN this gage shows the engine coolant temperature If the gage pointer moves into the red area the engine is too hot It means that the engine coolant has overheated If the vehicle has been operating under normal driving conditions pull off the road stop the vehicle and turn off the engine as so
134. e metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B 2 44 Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations 2 Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors To assist you in locating the lower anchors each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion 2 45 Hatchback models may have zippers over the lower anchor areas If so unzip the seat cover below the labels to access each lower anchor To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the top tether anchor symbol is located on th
135. e of the KEE 6 5 Fuel stresseg teed d rege eer re A 6 5 Gasoline Octane 6 6 Gasoline Specifications 6 6 California Fuel 6 6 AdditiVeS EE 6 7 Fuels in Foreign Countries 6 8 Filme fe Fank et NN NEE NEEN 6 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 6 10 Checking Things Under the Hood 6 11 Hood Release 6 12 Engine Compartment Overview 6 14 Engine Eegeregie deed 6 15 Engine Oil Life System 6 18 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 2 5 6 19 Automatic Transmission Fluid 6 21 Manual Transmission Fluid 6 23 Hydraulic Clutch 0 0 e cee eee eee 6 23 Cooling System 6 24 Engin Coolant EELER 6 25 Engine Overheating 0 0002000 6 30 Power Steering Fluid 6 32 Windshield Washer Fluid 6 33 Brakes cc deeccnrteara census eer Guten 6 34 SL REN 6 37 Jump Starting 6 38 Headlamp Aiming 6 42 Bulb Replacement 0cc cece eee ee 6 43 Halogen Bulbs 6 20cec cee ences 6 43 Headlamps 6 43 Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking LAMPS EE 6 45 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL Hatchback 252 cscs se conic axGh ee andaednne 6 46 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL EE HE 6 47 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps 0005 6 47 License Plate Lamp 6 48 Replacement Bulbs
136. e on page 3 28 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 7 9 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control System Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position WARNIN e For automatic transmission vehicles the ignition should turn to LOCK OFF only when the shift lever is in P Park When you are doing this inspection the vehicle e For manual transmission vehicles the ignition could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or should turn to LOCK OFF only when you press the others could be injured key release button On all vehicles the ignition key should come out only in 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough LOCK OFF room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level Gurface Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right It should only lock when turned to the right 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake ee ACC on page 3 28 Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of P Park with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of P Park contact your dealer retailer for service
137. e outboard side of the seat to adjust the height of the driver seat cushion Turn the knob forward to raise the seat and rearward to lower it Manual Lumbar Move the adjustment lever located on the outboard side of the seatback up or down to one of three positions to increase or decrease the lumbar support The highest position provides the most support and the lowest position provides the least support 1 7 Reclining Seatbacks This lever is located on the outboard side of the front seats 1 Lift the recline lever 2 Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place See Reclining Seatbacks on page 2 6 1 8 Second Row Seats The rear seatbacks can be folded down to increase cargo space For detailed instructions see Rear Seat Operation Sedan on page 2 8 or Rear Seat Operation Hatchback on page 2 10 Head Restraint Adjustment The vehicle s front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly For more information see Head Restraints on page 2 2 Safety Belt Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use safety belts properly e Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 2 15 e How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on p
138. e safety belt guide 2 Lift the seatback up and push it to its original position Z WARNING If either seatback is not locked it could move A Safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always 6 Insert the safety belt strap back into the safety belt push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they guide are locked Rear Seat Operation Hatchback 3 Push down and rearward firmly on the top of the Folding the Rear Seats seatbacks until it latches securely in the fully upright position The rear seats can be folded to increase cargo space 4 To reattach the center seat safety belt to the mini To fold the rear seats buckle pull it from the retractor 1 Lower the head restraints completely 5 Push the latch plate at the end of the safety belt 2 Unlatch the center safety belt by pressing the red strap into the mini buckle until the mechanism button on the buckle clicks Make sure the strap is not twisted The sliding latch plate will face the front of the vehicle 2 10 3 Detach the center safety belt from the mini buckle 4 Pull up the release knob located on t
139. e safety from http www safercar gov 8 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 762 2737 or write Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 In Canada call 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about
140. e used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of the leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change
141. e vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related 8 16 to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However
142. e vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake 5 3 The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster with a lot of heavy braking Keeping pace with the traffic and allowing realistic following distances eliminates a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven brake normally but do not pump the brakes If the brakes are pumped the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops there will still be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 6 3 Antilock Brake System ABS The vehicle might have the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid 5 4 If the vehicle has ABS this warning light comes on briefly when the vehicle is started The warning light is on the instrument panel cluster See Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light on page 4 27 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenl
143. e windows the hood and the trunk or liftgate Make sure that the windows are closed as the system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key from the ignition If the key is inserted in the ignition the transmitter will not arm the theft deterrent system 3 15 3 Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter e The LED light on the transmitter will flash once e All of the doors will lock e The hazard warning lamps will flash once and the horn will sound e The security light will flash continuously to indicate that the theft deterrent system is armed The security light is located on the center of the instrument panel near the clock To avoid activating the alarm by accident do one of the following e Unlock the driver s or passenger s front door using the key e Press the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter Unlocking a door any other way will activate the alarm when a door or the trunk or liftgate is opened If you do not want to arm the theft deterrent system lock the vehicle using the key or the manual door locks 3 16 Disarming the System To disarm the system do one of the following e Unlock the driver s or passenger s front door using the key e Press the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter The LED light on the transmitter will flash once All of the doors will
144. e windshield wiper blade 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the windshield 6 49 A WARNING Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your vehicle s tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury 2 Press the retaining clip A and pull the wiper blade Check all tires frequently to maintain the off the arm recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 6 57 3 Install a new blade by reversing Steps 1 and 2 Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer Continued 6 50 WARNING Continued Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is
145. ece e eee 6 86 Headlamps 20 dE SE 6 43 AIMN WEE 6 42 Bulb Replacement 0 0 c cece eee eee 6 43 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 4 11 Exterior Lampe EES REESEN 4 11 Flash t0 Passiscciscccve sees ered ENNEN SEN EES 4 5 Headlamps cont Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking LAMPS tegt SEBES Eeer dE 6 45 High Low Beam Changer 0 0eeee eee 4 5 Heater Age ege get EES Erde dene 4 15 EWAN ae eer dE eine ae dens 3 20 Height Adjuster Driver Seat 2 0 20 2 5 Highbeam On Dot 4 33 Highway Hypnosis 0 00ecee cece eee ee 5 10 Hill and Mountain HRoads a aannannnnnnn 5 10 Hold Mode obt 4 27 Hood Checking Things Under 6 11 Release eane See de ER eg Aer ai 6 12 HOM EE 4 3 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 2 20 Hydraulic e EE 6 23 Ignition Positions 3 18 Immobilizer ninie c cece eens 3 14 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver 4 13 Infants and Young Children Restraints 2 36 Inflation Tire Pressure 6 57 Instrument Panel BEID ut SEET Nee E 4 12 CIUSIOR Zeg EE ee EE 4 21 INtFOGUCHON si ss c2edi0 seeded es EEE EREEREER ve 7 2 J JUMP StAMING c2acoseancaaresrenra resend E 6 38 Keyless Entry Remote RKE System 3 4 Keyless Entry System 3 3 EEN 3 2 L Labeling Tire Gidewall nnan 6 51 Lamps Daytime Running DR 4 11 DOM GC 2 2ge NgE EE EE rg wie 4 13 License Plate ege ER
146. ed To be vehicle with the engine running it could overheat sure the vehicle will not move even when you are and even catch fire You or others could be on fairly level ground use the steps that follow injured Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running 1 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 3 28 for more If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running information be sure the vehicle is in P Park and the parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the shift lever into P Park hold the brake pedal down the way toward the front of the vehicle Then see if you can move the shift lever away from y P Park without first pushing the shift lock release 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF button If you can it means that the shift lever was not 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can fully locked into P Park leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand the vehicle is in P Park 2 Move the shift lever into P Park by pressing the 3 29 Torque Lock Automatic Transmission If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transmission into P Park properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of P Park This is called torque lock To prevent torque lo
147. ee Automatic Transmission Operation on page 3 22 Cold Weather Shifting When operating the vehicle in severe cold conditions the transmission may be prevented from shifting into D4 gear until the transmission fluid has warmed up to it s operational temperature Five Speed Manual Transmission Up Shift Light Vehicles equipped with a manual transmission may have an up shift light This light indicates when to shift to the next higher gear for better fuel economy For the best fuel economy accelerate slowly and shift when the light comes on if weather road and traffic conditions allow It is normal for the light to go on and off if the accelerator position changes quickly Ignore the light during downshifts Reverse Lockout The manual transmission is equipped with a lock ring to prevent shifting into R Reverse To shift into R Reverse press down the clutch pedal lift up the ring on the shift lever and shift into R Reverse Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal See Manual Transmission Operation on page 3 26 Vehicle Features Radio s AUXIN Radio with CD shown D Press and release to turn the system on Press and hold this knob for more than two seconds to turn the system off Turn to increase or decrease the volume When the system is on press and release bd to mute the system Press and relea
148. eel Controls lt CO E m l Q Front View of the Steering Side View of the Volume Wheel Controls Control 1 18 If the vehicle has this feature some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel PWR Press and release to turn the system on and off When the system is on press and release for a short time to mute the system Press and release again to turn the sound back on VOLUME Press the toggle bar located below the VOLUME to adjust the volume MODE Press and release this button multiple times to cycle through the audio playback options that are available on the vehicle SEEK Press and release to go to the next preset station or CD track Press and hold for a long time to go to the next AM FM or XM station or to fast forward through CD tracks For more information see Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 4 51 Cruise Control The cruise control buttons are located on the right side of the steering wheel ID Press to turn the cruise control on or off RES Press to make the vehicle accelerate or resume to a previously set speed SET Press to set the speed or make the vehicle decelerate See Cruise Control on page 4 8 Power Outlets Accessory power outlets can be used to plug in auxiliary electrical equipment such as a cellular phone The accessory power outlet is located next to the parking brake on the center console
149. ehicle When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light flashes or comes on there may be a problem with the theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another key At this time you may also want to check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 6 87 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can have a new key made Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle If you lose or damage your keys only a dealer retailer can have new keys made If you are ever driving and the security light comes on and stays on you will be able to restart the engine if you turn it off The theft deterrent system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer retailer Your vehicle is not protected by the theft deterrent system at this time In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 8 6 Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle may have a content theft deterrent system The theft deterrent system will not arm when you lock the doors using the key or the manual door lock It arms only when you use the remote keyless entry transmitter Arming the System To arm the system do the following 1 Close the doors th
150. ehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes 6 36 Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 6 93 If the vehicle has rear drum brakes they do not have wear indicators but if a rear brake rubbing noise is heard have the rear brake linings inspected immediately Rear brake drums should be removed and inspected each time the tires are removed for rotation or changing When the front brake pads are replaced have the rear brakes inspected too Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every moderate brake stop the disc brakes adjust for wear If rarely making moderate or heavier brake stops the brakes might not adjust correctly Very carefully making a few moderate brake stops about every 1600 km 1 000 miles will adjust the brakes properly If t
151. el could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if tires not recommended for your vehicle are installed Tires that do not match the original equipment tires could give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with original equipment tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 6 58 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A WARNING If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific
152. el is in the acceptable range push the dipstick back in all the way 6 22 How to Add Automatic Transmission Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 7 12 If the fluid level is low add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level into the area between the two dimples in the hot range on the dipstick 1 Pull out the dipstick 2 Using a long neck funnel add enough fluid at the dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level It does not take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5L Do not overfill Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle and the damages may not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 7 12 3 After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as described under How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid earlier in this section 4 When the correct fluid level is obtained push the dipstick back in all the way Manual Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to the dealer retailer service department and have it repaired as soon as possible See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 7 12 for the proper fluid to use Hy
153. emain there are many kinds of restraints available for low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may children with special needs settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is AN WARNING unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash To reduce the risk of neck and head injury during young children should always be secured in a crash infants need complete support This is appropriate child restraints because an infant s neck is not fully developed Continued 2 39 Child Restraint Systems A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness 2 40 A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle Z WARNING A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system followi
154. er and try again e Check the transmitter s battery See Battery Replacement later in this section e If the transmitter is still not working correctly see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service 3 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter functions work up to 65 feet 20 m away from the vehicle There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 3 3 Hatchback Sedan 3 4 The following functions may be available if the vehicle has RKE SI Lock Press to lock all of the doors If all of the doors and the trunk or liftgate are closed the hazard lamps flash once and the horn will sound to indicate that locking has occurred and the theft deterrent system is active vd Unlock Press to unlock all of the doors The hazard lamps flash twice to indicate that unlocking has occurred and that the theft deterrent system is deactivated If the doors are not opened within 30 seconds the doors will lock again Panic Hatchback Press to sound the panic alarm The hazard lamps will flash and the panic alarm will stay on for about 30 seconds Press any of the buttons on the transmitter to turn off the alarm eet Remote Trunk Release Sedan Press and hold for approximately one second to open the trunk The LED light A on the transmitter flashes when the buttons
155. er and turn the key clockwise or use the RKE transmitter if equipped See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 3 4 The vehicle may have a trunk release lever located on the outboard side of the driver seat Pull the lever to open the trunk Remote Trunk Release This feature allows the trunk to be opened from inside the vehicle the vehicle may have either a release button or a release lever The vehicle may have a release button located on the driver door Press it to open the trunk When closing the trunk close from the center to ensure it fully latches 3 9 Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside 3 10 There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located on the underside of the trunk lid This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle down to open the trunk from the inside Liftgate Hatchback Z WARNING Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate trunk hatch open or with any objects that pass through the seal between the body and the trunk hatch or liftgate Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or s
156. er is a good guide Use only mild neutral pH soaps e Too much cleaner that saturates the upholstery e Organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc that can damage the vehicle s interior Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For any 6 80 soil always try to remove it first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to b
157. eral seconds and then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and 2 the vehicle is in motion If the passenger safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on The front passenger safety belt warning light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase handbag grocery bag laptop or other electronic device To turn off the warning light and or chime remove the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 2 57 4 23 This light comes on when the vehicle is started and it will flash for a few seconds When the light goes out this indicates the system is functioning properly If the airbag readiness light stays on or comes on while driving the airbag system may not work properly Have the vehicle serviced right away A WARNING If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving it means the airbag system might not be working properly The airb
158. ers the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable e Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time e Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair profess
159. es some of the electrical accessories such as the radio but not the climate control system ON RUN This position can be used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some instrument panel cluster warning and indicator lights The switch stays in this position when the engine is running If you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off the battery could be drained You may not be able to start the vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time START This is the position that starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch returns to ON RUN for driving Do not turn the key to START if the engine is running Starting the Engine Automatic Transmission Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neutral The engine will not start in any other position To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving use N Neutral only Notice Do not try to shift to P Park if the vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to P Park only when the vehicle is stopped Manual Transmission The shift lever should be in N Neutral and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine The vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition to START When the engine start
160. ess Entry RKE System The RKE transmitter is used to remotely lock and unlock the doors from up to 20 m 65 feet away from the vehicle Hatchback Sedan Press K to unlock all of the doors Press bd to lock all of the doors Press lb and hold for approximately one second to open the trunk on the sedan model 1 3 Press to sound the panic alarm on the hatchback model Press any of the buttons on the transmitter to turn off the alarm The LED light A on the transmitter flashes when the buttons on the transmitter are pressed If the light does not flash the transmitter battery needs to be replaced See Keys on page 3 2 and Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 3 4 Door Locks From the outside lock or unlock the door using the key or the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter From the inside all of the doors can be locked and unlocked by pushing or pulling the manual door lock on each door On vehicles equipped with the central door unlocking system lock or unlock all the doors from the inside using the driver door lock switch For more information see e Door Locks on page 3 6 e Central Door Unlocking System on page 3 7 Liftgate To unlock the liftgate on the hatchback model from outside the vehicle use the key in the lock cylinder or use the RKE transmitter if equipped The handle is located above the right side of the license plate Pull the handle toward you and raise
161. ever in R Reverse e When parking uphill place the shift lever in 1 First 4 Insert the key into the shift lock slot and press and 3 After shifting turn the ignition to LOCK OFF hold the key remove the key and release the clutch 5 Shift to N Neutral 6 Remove the key from the slot insert the key into the ignition and start the engine 7 Replace the shift lock release slot cover 8 Apply and hold the brake pedal fully and release the parking brake 9 Shift to the gear you want 10 Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can 3 31 Parking Over Things That Burn Z WARNING Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust WARNING Continued Exhaust may enter the vehicle if e The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation parking garages tunnels deep snow that parts under the vehicle and ignite Do not park may block underbody airflow or tail pipes over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different Engine Exhaust The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage A WARNING Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO The vehicle s exhaust system has been modified damaged or improperly repaired There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or after market modifications that are not completely sealed which cannot be seen or smelled Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death
162. ext part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely 6 69 Changing a Flat Tire j If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage WARNING Continued by driving slowly to a level place Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on Turn off the engine and do not restart while page 4 3 the vehicle is raised A WARNING Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle 1 Set the parking brake firmly 2 Put an automatic transmission shift lever in P Park or shift a manual transmission to 1 First or R Reverse Continued 6 70 When the vehicle has a flat tire B use the following Removing the Spare Tire and Tools example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks A The compact spare tire and tools you will need are located in the trunk A Wheel Block B Flat Tire A Jack C Jack Handle B Wheel Wrench D Screwdriver if equipped The following inform
163. ey do the vehicle cannot respond to the driver s steering Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling That could be off the road into the very thing the driver was trying to avoid or into traffic If the vehicle does not have ABS use a squeeze braking technique This gives maximum braking while maintaining steering control Do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure In an emergency you will probably want to squeeze the brakes hard without locking the wheels If you hear or feel the wheels sliding ease off the brake pedal This helps retain steering control With ABS it is different See Antilock Brake System ABS on page 5 4 In many emergencies steering can help more than even the very best braking Steering Power Steering If power steering assist is lost because the engine stops or the system is not functioning the vehicle can be steered but it will take more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed Traction in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and vehicle speed While in a curve speed is the one factor that can be controlled 5 5 If there is a need to reduce speed do it before entering the curve while the front wheels are straight Try to adjust the speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable
164. fic jam let the engine idle in N Neutral while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to P Park or N Neutral and let the engine idle If the temperature overheat gage is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no longer displays the vehicle can be driven Continue to drive the vehicle slow for about 10 minutes Keep a safe vehicle distance from the car in front of you If the warning does not come back on continue to drive normally If the warning continues pull over stop and park the vehicle right away If there is no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while parked If the warning is still displayed turn off the engine until it cools down 6 31 Power Steering Fluid When to Check Power Steering Fluid The power steering fluid reservoir is located toward the front of the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for reservoir location It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 6 32 How to Check Power Steering Fluid Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down The level should be between the MIN B and MAX A marks on the reservoir If the level drops below the MIN B mark add power steering fluid
165. g use N Neutral only Also use N Neutral when the vehicle is being towed A WARNING Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed 3 23 Notice Shifting out of P Park or N Neutral with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle D4 Automatic Overdrive This position is for normal driving When operating the vehicle in severe cold conditions the transmission may be prevented from shifting into D4 gear until the transmission fluid has warmed up to it s operational temperature Notice If the vehicle seems to start up rather slowly or not shift gears when you go faster and you continue to drive the vehicle that way you could damage the transmission Have the vehicle serviced right away You can drive in 2 Second when you are driving less than 35 mph 55 km h and D4 Automatic Overdrive for higher speeds until then 2 Second This position gives you more power but lower fuel economy You can use 2 Second on hills It can help control vehicle speed as you go down steep mountain roads while using the brakes off and
166. g s are off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag s are off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that an infant is present in a child restraint e A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag or airbags are off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 4 24 The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag or airbags to be enabled the on symbol will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag or airbag
167. g the item from the accessory power outlet 4 52 AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on the radio FM Stereo FM signals only reach about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Although the radio has a built in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference some static can occur especially around tall buildings or hills causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time Cellular Phone Usage Cellular phone usage may cause interference with the vehicle s radio This interference may occur when making or receiving phone calls charging the phone s battery or simply having the phone on This interference causes an increased le
168. get one for you The wrong type might not fit properly This can cause the malfunction indicator lamp to light and can damage the fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 4 29 Do not smoke while pumping fuel Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Do not use a cellular phone while pumping fuel 6 10 theHood 9S e the Hood A WARNING Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan 6 11 Hood Release To open the hood 1 Pull the hood release handle inside the vehicle It is located on the lower left side of the instrument panel 2 At the front of the vehicle lift up on the secondary hood release lever located under the front center of the hood 6 12 To close the hood 3 Lift the hood and release the hood prop from its retainer located on the underside of the hood 1 Securely place the hood prop into the slot on the inner fender Befo
169. gs Under the Hood Chemical Paint Spotting Child Restraints Infants and Young Children Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Older Children 2 RES SEELEN ENNEN RER Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position Child Restraints cont Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 2 54 E EE 2 40 Where to Put the Restraint 5 2 42 Cigarette Lohier 0 2 ce ee cece eee 4 14 Circuit Breakers 6 87 Cleaning Aluminum Wheels 6 84 Exterior Lamps Lenses 0000eseeeeee 6 82 Fabric Carpet 0 2 ccc cece insani 6 80 ln Re 6 83 Glass Surfaces 0 c cece eee eee eens 6 81 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES EE 6 81 Internorm EE 6 79 Interior Plastic Components 6 81 Leathe eebe Ae E ASSEN ae oats 6 81 BIL CEET 6 84 Underbody Maintenance 6 85 Washing Your Vehicle 6 82 WeatherstripS 200 c cece ence eee eens 6 82 Windshield and Wiper BladeS naaannaaanna 6 83 Climate Control System ee 4 15 Outlet Adjustment 4 18 Climate Controls 0 2 ccc cece ence e eee 1 14 Ee 4 15 Clutch Hydraulic sage KE BS veer A Ee 6 23 Collision Damage Repair 8 10 Compact Spare fire 6 78 Content Theft Deterrent 3 15 Control of a Vehicle 00 c cece eee 5 3 Coolant EngiNe cccecacaeascteesaiaractisctasitemiedanne es 6 25 Engine Temperature Gage
170. h fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station Lock Out Service Service is provided to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out A remote unlock may be available if you have OnStar For security reasons the driver must present identification before this service is given Emergency Tow From a Public Road or Highway Tow to the nearest Pontiac dealer for warranty service or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven Assistance is also given when the vehicle is stuck in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Service is provided to change a flat tire with the spare tire The spare tire if equipped must be in good condition and properly inflated It is the owner s responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty 8 7 Battery Jump Start Service is provided to jump start a dead battery Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km Powertrain warranty period Items considered are hotel meals and rental car Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance Impound towing caused by violation of any laws Legal fines Mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Towing or services for vehicles driven on a non public road or highway Services Specific to Canadian Purchased Vehicles
171. h light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water A WARNING Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet 5 9 Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include Allow extra following distance Pass with caution Keep windshield w
172. he accelerator pedal 3 Third 4 Fourth and 5 Fifth Shift into 3 Third 4 Fourth and 5 Fifth the same way you do for 2 Second Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to N Neutral N Neutral Use this position when you start or idle the engine R Reverse To back up press down the clutch pedal lift up the ring on the shift lever and shift into R Reverse Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal Notice Shifting to R Reverse while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Shift to R Reverse only after the vehicle is stopped Also use R Reverse along with the parking brake for parking the vehicle Shift Speeds Z WARNING If you skip a gear when you downshift you could lose control of the vehicle You could injure yourself or others Do not shift down more than one gear at a time when you downshift Up Shift Light Vehicles equipped with a manual transmission may have an up shift light This light indicates when to shift to the next higher gear for better fuel economy For the best fuel economy accelerate slowly and shift when the light comes on and if the weather road and traffic cond
173. he headlamps automatically turn off when the ignition key is turned to LOCK OFF or ACC ACCESSORY Sedan shown 300 Turns on the parking lamps together with the taillamps license plate lamp and instrument panel lights OFF Turns all the lamps off except the Daytime Running Lamps DRL Hatchback shown The lever is located on the right side of the steering column The ignition must be turned to ON RUN to operate the windshield wipers HI Fast wipes LO Slow wipes INT Move to this position for a delayed wiping cycle Turn the band on the windshield wiper toward FAST or SLOW for a shorter or longer delay between wipes The wiper speed can only be adjusted when the lever is in the INT position OFF Turns the windshield wipers off Misting Function Move the lever toward INT for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the windshield wipers start then let go For several wipes hold the band toward INT longer Windshield Washer Pull the windshield washer wiper lever toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield See Windshield Wipers on page 4 6 and Windshield Washer on page 4 7 For vehicles with a Rear Window Wiper Washer see Rear Window Wiper Washer on page 4 7 Climate Controls For vehicles with these climate control systems the heating cooling and ventilation can be controlled for the vehicle Climate Control System with Heater Only A Temperature Control D Rear Window Defogger
174. he top of by inserting the key into the slot in the mini buckle the seatbacks and fold the seatbacks forward pressing the release button and allowing it to and down retract Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 5 Move the safety belt buckles and safety belt in the center seating position out of the space between the seatbacks and the seat cushion so they are not in the way as the seat is being folded 2 11 6 Firmly pull the release handles on the rear side of 8 Clip the hook to the front seat head restraint to the seat cushion to unlock the seat cushion keep the rear seat secure 7 Lift the seat cushion up and flip it forward 2 12 Unfolding the Seats To return the rear seats to the normal seating position 1 Unclip the hook from the front seat head restraint 2 Position the buckles in back of the seat latches when moving the rear seats to the sitting position Notice Damage to the safety belt buckle or rear seat locking mechanism can occur if the safety belt and buckles are pinched under the rear seat cushion Do not place the safety belt and buckles on the floor under the rear seat cushion when the rear seat is put back to the sitting position 3 Push the seat cushion down to its original position until it latches se
175. he vehicle has rear drum brakes and the brake pedal goes down farther than normal the rear drum brakes might need adjustment Adjust them by backing up and firmly applying the brakes a few times Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking The vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When parts of the braking system are replaced for example when the brake linings wear down and new ones are installed be sure to get new approved replacement parts If this is not done the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for the vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong replacement brake parts are installed Battery Refer to the replacement number on the original battery label when a new battery is needed See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for battery location A DANGER Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Vehicle Storage A WARNING Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are
176. heels withchains on will damage your vehicle If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible A WARNING Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training If a jack is provided with the vehicle it is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack If a jack is provided with the vehicle only use it for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the n
177. hime sounds 4 34 Fuel Gage 4 Ve ge Je United States Canada The fuel gage tells about how much fuel is left when the ignition is turned to ON RUN An arrow on the fuel gage indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on When the fuel tank is near empty the low fuel warning light comes on There is still a little fuel left but the vehicle s fuel tank should be filled soon Here are four things that some owners ask about None of these show a problem with the fuel gage At the service station the gas pump shuts off before the vehicle s fuel gage reads full It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the fuel gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the fuel tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank The indicator moves a little when the vehicle turns a corner or accelerates The fuel gage indicator goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off Low Fuel Warning Light This light comes on when the vehicle is low on fuel The low fuel warning light comes on when there is approximately 1 7 gallons 6 0 liters of fuel remaining in the tank To turn the light off add fuel to the fuel tank See Filling the Tank on page 6 8 4 35 Audio System s Determine which radio the vehicle has and read the following pages to become familiar with its features A WARNING Taking your eyes off the
178. hinges and latches lubrication See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 7 12 More frequent lubrication may be required when vehicle is exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth makes them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Restraint system component check See Checking the Restraint Systems on page 2 72 Automatic transmission fluid level check and adding fluid if needed See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 6 21 Engine air cleaner filter inspection See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 6 19 Passenger compartment air filter if equipped replacement or every 12 months whichever occurs first More frequent replacement may be required if vehicle is driven regularly under dusty conditions PCV system inspection An Emission Control Service The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded Additional Required Services At Each Fuel Stop Engine oil level check See Engine Oil on page 6 15 Engine coolant level check See Engine Coolant on page 6 25 Windshield washer fluid level check See Windshield
179. ie Age ieii 4 22 Windshield Washer See Beer e 4 7 Safety Belt Reminders 0 0 eeses eee 4 23 Rear Window Wiper Washer 4 7 Airbag Readiness Light 05 4 23 Cruise Control 0 0 eee seein 4 8 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 4 24 Exterior LAMPS 100s eevee eset reer e ees 4 11 Charging System Light 0000 4 25 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 4 11 TEE 4 26 Fog Lamps SE Eeer 4 12 Brake System Warning Light 4 26 Instrument Panel Brightness 4 12 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light 4 27 Dome Lomp 4 13 Hold Mode Light 0c0cceeeeeeeeeeees 4 27 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver 4 13 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 4 28 Accessory Power Outlet s ee 4 13 Tire Pressure EE 4 28 E and Cigarette Lighter SE Malfunction Indicator Lamp 4 29 EE 4 1 Section 4 Instrument Panel 4 2 Oil Pressure Light 4 31 Change Engine Oil Light 4 32 Fog Lamp Light eebe Ee han 4 33 Cruise Control Lob 4 33 Highbeam On Dot 4 33 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Indicator LIGNE snese inure ees 4 33 Door Ajar Light 2 E dd be smuni 4 34 Fuel Gage gaer onres e KENE 4 34 Low Fuel Warning Light 4 35 Audio Systems 4 36 AM FM Radio 4 37 Radio with CD 4 41 Using an MPS iis cite vac geg eben
180. in depends on several factors Ask a dealer retailer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this 3 21 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 Volt AC outlet A WARNING Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors Ask a dealer retailer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this 3 22 Automatic Transmission Operation If the vehicle has an automatic transmission the shift lever is located on the console between the seats Movement between certain positions requires pushing the release button on the front of the shifter P Park This position locks the front wheels It is the best position to use when you start the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily A WARNING It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The
181. ince the last service 7 3 Maintenance I 7 4 Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 6 15 An Emission Control Service Engine coolant level check See Engine Coolant on page 6 25 Windshield washer fluid level check See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 6 33 Tire inflation check See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 6 57 Tire wear inspection See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 6 67 Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 6 61 Fluids visual leak check or every 12 months whichever occurs first A leak in any system must be repaired and the fluid level checked Engine air cleaner filter inspection vehicles driven in dusty conditions only See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 6 19 Brake system inspection or every 12 months whichever occurs first Maintenance II Perform all services described in Maintenance I Steering and suspension inspection Visual inspection for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Engine cooling system inspection Visual inspection of hoses pipes fittings and clamps and replacement if needed Windshield wiper blade inspection for wear cracking or contamination and windshield and wiper blade cleaning if contaminated See Windshield and Wiper Blades on page 6 83 Worn or damaged wiper blade replacement See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 6 49 Body hinges and latches key lock cylinders and trunk lid
182. ine oil fill cap Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when through 6 16 What Kind of Engine Oil to Use Look for three things RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER F IT c LOOK FOR CH THIS SYMBOL ZS rop Si 80 AND GM GASOLINE STANDARD ENGINES GMeogaM m DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER e GM6094M Use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 SAE 5W 30 is best for the vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e American Petroleum Institute API starburst symbol Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Cold Temperature Operation If in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 29 C 20 F use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 engine oil Both provide easier cold starting for the engine at ext
183. ine oil life system that indicates when the oil needs to be changed When the change engine oil light comes on it means that the engine oil needs to be changed Once the engine oil has been changed the engine oil life system must be reset After reset the change engine oil light goes out See Engine Oil Life System on page 6 18 Scheduled Maintenance on page 7 3 and Engine Oil on page 6 15 for more information Fog Lamp Light 0 If the vehicle has this feature the fog lamps light will come on when The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 4 12 for more information Cruise Control Light If the vehicle has cruise e control this light comes Ce on whenever the cruise control is set The light will go out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 4 8 for more information the fog lamps are in use Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 4 5 for more information Daytime Running Lamps DRL Indicator Light This light turns on whenever the Daytime Running Lamps are on See Daytime Running Lamps DRL on page 4 11 for more information 4 33 Door Ajar Light This light comes on and stays on until all doors trunk and liftgate are CH closed and completely latched If the key is in the ignition while the driver s door is open a warning c
184. inflation pressures check Tire wear inspection Rotate tires Fluids visual leak check Engine air cleaner filter inspection vehicles driven in dusty conditions only Brake system inspection Steering and suspension inspection Engine cooling system inspection Windshield wiper blades inspection Body components lubrication Restraint system components check Automatic transmission fluid level check Engine air cleaner filter inspection vehicles not driven in dusty conditions Passenger compartment air filter if equipped replacement PCV system inspection Owner Checks and Services 3 For automatic transmission vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The starter should work only Starter Switch Check in P Park or N Neutral If the starter works in any other position your vehicle needs service S For manual transmission vehicles put the shift A WARNING lever in Neutral push the clutch pedal down halfway and try to start the engine The starter should work only when the clutch pedal is pushed down all the way to the floor If the starter works when the clutch pedal is not pushed all the way down your vehicle needs service When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brak
185. ing Fluid on page 6 32 Engine Oil If the engine oil pressure light comes on check the engine oil level right away The oil pressure light is on the instrument panel cluster See Oil Pressure Light on page 4 31 Check the engine oil level regularly this is an added reminder Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil level at each fuel fill In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If this is not done the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level 6 15 When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the MIN minimum mark on the dipstick add at least one liter quart of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 6 93 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper mark that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for the location of the eng
186. injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is back in the seat and wear the safety belt properly moving 2 7 Rear Seats Rear Seat Operation Sedan Folding the Seatbacks The rear seatbacks can be folded down to increase cargo space To fold down the seatbacks Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 2 8 Remove the safety belt strap from the safety belt guide by pulling it through the slot Push the head restraints all the way down Unlatch the center safety belt by pressing the red button on the buckle 4 Detach the center safety belt from the mini buckle 5 Pull up the release knob located on top of either of by inserting the ignition key into the slot in the mini the rear seatbacks buckle pressing the release button and allowing 6 Fold the rear seatback forward and down the belt to retract 2 9 Unfolding the Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright position A WARNING 1 Hook the safety belts into th
187. input jack for use as another audio source Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in P Park See Defensive Driving on page 5 2 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5mm 1 8 in cable to the radio s 3 5 mm 1 8 in auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle speakers D Power Volume Turn to adjust the volume Additional volume adjustments may have to be made from the portable device if the volume is too quiet or too loud AUX Auxiliary Press to listen to the radio while a portable audio device is playing Press again and the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device Found may display Radio with CD 7 AUXIN Playing the Radio D Power Volume Press and release to turn the system on Press and hold this knob for more than two seconds to turn the system off Turn to increase or decrease the volume When the system is on press and release do to mute the system Press and release D again to turn the sound back on 4 41 Finding a Station BAND Press to choose FM AM or XM if equipped The display will show the selection gt SEEK Press to seek the next radi
188. installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service e Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 6 63 e Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light comes on and stays on TPMS Sensor Identification Codes Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate the vehicle s tires the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect your vehicle s tires including the spare tire for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 6 63 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km
189. ion Tire Pressure on page 6 57 and Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 6 52 US PRY ee S V SC we Sea xniga A E Ku gt 8 E a D Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat See Compact Spare Tire on page 6 78 and lf a Tire Goes Flat on page 6 69 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load See Compact Spare Tire on page 6 78 and Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 6 57 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service descrip
190. ion Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that
191. ional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits 8 13 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue S E Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicl
192. ions Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation Dealers may provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of the dealer s area 8 9 Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet s
193. iously injured or strangled if a during a crash For example in a crash at only shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and 40 km h 25 mph a 5 5 kg 12 Ib infant will the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave suddenly become a 110 kg 240 Ib force on a children unattended in a vehicle and never allow person s arms An infant should be secured in an children to play with the safety belts appropriate restraint Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle Z WARNING Never do this Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle Due to crash forces an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it Continued 2 37 A WARNING Never do this Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Never put a rear facing child restraint in the C Sek right front seat Secure a rear facing child restraint A in a rear seat It is also better to secure a Sy if forward facing child restraint in a rear seat If you must secure a forwar
194. iping equipment in good shape Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 6 50 Turn off cruise control Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include 5 10 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades In good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling system and transmission Going down steep or long hills shift to a lower gear A WARN
195. ipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier 8 11 If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs lfa Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash 8 12 Check to make sure that you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a
196. irbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 2 65 If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 8 2 Q Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system A If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 8 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring 2 71 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then check that the safety belt reminder light safety belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are all working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job See your dealer retailer to have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is
197. itions allow It is normal for the light to go on and off if the accelerator position changes quickly Ignore the light during downshifts 3 27 Parking Brake The parking brake lever is located between the bucket seats 3 28 To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 4 26 To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving Shifting Into Park Leaving the Vehicle With the Engine Automatic Transmission Running Automatic Transmission Z WARNING A WARNING It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking engine running The vehicle could move suddenly brake firmly set The vehicle can roll If you have if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the left the engine running the vehicle can move parking brake firmly set And if you leave the suddenly You or others could be injur
198. ive nearly as much protection this way 2 23 Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle 2 24 A WARNING You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this Z WARNING You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests A The belt is over an armrest 2 25 Q What is wrong with this A WARNING You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest A The shoulder belt is worn under
199. k and then closing the door On vehicles with power locks the driver door can only by locked from the outside by using the key or the optional RKE transmitter From the inside all of the doors can be locked and unlocked by pushing or pulling the manual door lock located on each door Central Door Unlocking System The vehicle may be equipped with the central door unlocking system This system is activated from the driver door From the outside lock or unlock all the doors by using either the key or the RKE transmitter if equipped From the inside lock or unlock all the doors by using the driver door lock switch Door Ajar Reminder If one of the doors trunk or liftgate is not closed properly while the ignition is on the door ajar light on the instrument panel comes on and stays on until the doors are closed Rear Door Security Locks The vehicle has rear door ES N security locks on each Using the Rear Door Security Lock rear door that prevents passengers from opening 1 Move the lever up to lock 2 Close the door the rear doors from the inside 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to the other rear door lock Notice Pulling the inside door handle while the rear door security locks are engaged could damage your vehicle Do not pull the inside door handle while the rear door security locks are engaged The rear doors on the vehicle cannot be opened from the inside while this feature is in use 3 7 O
200. l days of routine driving If this has been done and the vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD II system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressure Light If the vehicle has low engine oil pressure this light will stay on after the engine has been started or come on while driving This indicates that the engine is not receiving enough oil The engine could be low on oil or could have some other oil problem Have it fixed immediately by your dealer retailer 4 31 The oil light could also come on in three other situations e When the ignition is on but the engine is not running the light will come on as a test to show it is working It goes out when the ignition is turned on If it does not come on with the ignition on there may be a problem with the fuse or bulb Have it fixed right away e Ifthe vehicle comes to a hard stop the light may come on for a moment This is normal Z WARNING Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low The engine can become so hot that it catches fire Someone could be burned Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil 4 32 Change Engine Oil Light Ti The vehicle may have an eng
201. le without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before attempting any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If the wrong fasteners are used parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If doing some of your own service work use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 8 15 This vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 2 70 Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed See Maintenance Record on page 7 16 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle Things added to the outside of the vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of this vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoli
202. leage Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible 1 22 Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time When road and weather conditions are appropriate use cruise control if equipped Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require Keep vehicle tires properly inflated Combine several trips into a single trip Replace the vehicle s tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the res sidewall near the size Follow recommended scheduled maintenance Roadside Assistance Program U S 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 TTY Users 1 888 889 2438 Canada 1 800 268 6800 As the owner of a new Pontiac you are automatically enrolled in the Roadside Assistance program This program provides technically trained advisors who are available 24 hours a day 365 days a year minor repair information or towing arrangements Roadside Assistance and OnStar If you have a current OnStar subscription press the OnStar button and the current GPS location will be sent to an OnStar Advisor who will assess your problem contact Roadside Assistance and relay exact location to get you the help you need Online Owner Center The Online Owner Center is a complimentary service that includes online service reminders vehicle maintenance tips online owner manual special privileges and more Sign up today at
203. led do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire wheel and other parts of the vehicle Do not use your compact spare on other vehicles Do not mix your compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires Keep your spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit the compact spare Using them can damage the vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on the compact spare Appearance Care Interior Cleaning The vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on the upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from the upholstery It is important to keep the upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible The vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to home furnishings may also transfer color to the vehicle s interior When cleaning the vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they we
204. ling on acceleration These conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up If one or more of these conditions occurs change the fuel brand used It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off See Gasoline Octane on page 6 6 If none of the above have made the light turn off have your dealer retailer check the vehicle The dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on the vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent getting a vehicle registration Here are some things to know to help the vehicle pass an inspection e The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on with the engine running or if the key is in the ON RUN and the light is not on e The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD II on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if the battery has recently been replaced or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take severa
205. ll and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 6 82 6 9 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it Filling a Portable Fuel Container clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow Z WARNING fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 4 29 A WARNING Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and the vehicle damaged if this If a fire starts while you are refueling do not occurs To help avoid injury to you and others remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately e Dispense fuel only into approved containers e Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Notice f a new fuel cap is needed be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can
206. ll other locks The key has a key code tag that the dealer retailer or qualified locksmith can use to make new keys Store this information in a safe place not in your vehicle Your vehicle may have an electronic immobilizer designed to protect your car against theft If so only keys with the correct electronic code can be used to start the vehicle See mmobilizer Operation on page 3 14 for additional information If a replacement key or an additional key is needed it must be purchased from your dealer retailer or certified locksmith Notice If you ever lock your keys in the vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 8 6 for more information Remote Keyless Entry RKE System See Radio Frequency Statement on page 8 17 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and RSS 210 211 of Industry and Science Canada Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment If there is a decrease in the RKE operating range try this e Check the distance The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle Stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter high
207. ll need to be replaced and probably other new parts for the vehicle s safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 2 73 2 32 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgro
208. ll run a few times and either stop or will resume at the speed being used previously See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 6 33 for information on filling the windshield washer fluid A WARNING In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision Rear Window Wiper Washer Z WARNING In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision The vehicle may have a rear window wiper washer Turn the rear wiper washer band to operate the rear window wiper washer OFF Turns the rear window wiper washer off AZ Turns the rear wiper on for intermittent wipes Sprays washer fluid onto the rear window and the wiper operates continuously The windshield washer reservoir is used for the windshield and rear window Check the fluid level if either washer is not working See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 6 33 4 7 Cruise Control For vehicles with cruise control a speed of about 39 km h 24 mph or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator Cruise control does not work at speeds below 39 km h 24 mph When the brakes are applied or the clutch pedal if you have a manual transmission the cruise control turns off A WARNING Cruise control can be dangerous where you cann
209. llation or use of non GM certified parts including control module modifications is not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 2 71 6 3 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate 6 4 Doing Your Own Service Work Z WARNING You can be injured and the vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehic
210. ls 6 84 RI 6 84 Sheet Metal Damage 6 84 Finish Damage 6 84 Underbody Maintenance 6 85 Chemical Paint Spotting 6 85 Vehicle Identification 6 85 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 6 85 Service Parts Identification Label 6 86 Electrical System 6 86 Add On Electrical Equipment 6 86 Headlamp Wiring 6 86 Windshield Wiper Fuses 000000 ae 6 86 Power Windows and Other Power Options 6 86 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 6 87 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 6 87 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 6 89 Capacities and Specifications 6 93 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco ig Parts EJ Goodwrench HIR Accessories Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to the vehicle they can affect vehicle performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Damage to vehicle components resulting from the insta
211. maged See your dealer retailer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash you may need new LATCH system parts New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the safety belt or LATCH system if equipped was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have the safety belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash if the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 23 2 73 NOTES 2 74 Section 3 Features and Controls KEYS te hee EE eege 3 2 Starting the Engine 3 19 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 3 3 Engine Heater egene d st ees 3 20 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Automatic Transmission Operation 3 22 Operation EE 3 4 Manual Transmission Operation 3 26 Doors and Locks ccc ceeeeeeeee ees 3 6 Parking Brake s0seeeeeeeeee eee 3 28 Door LOCKS o oo ccc cccc ccc ccc ccc cece cece eee 3 6 Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission 3 29 Central Door Unlocking System 3 7 Shifting Out of Park DEER 3 30 Door Ajar Reminder 0c0ceceeseeeeeees 3 7 Parking the Vehicle Manual Transmission 3
212. melled It can cause unconsciousness and even death If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or trunk hatch open Close all of the windows Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate disable the power liftgate function For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 3 32 To unlock the liftgate on a hatchback from outside of the vehicle insert the key in the lock cylinder and turn it counterclockwise or use the RKE transmitter if equipped The handle is located above the right side of the license plate Pull the handle toward you and raise the liftgate When closing the liftgate close from the center to ensure it fully latches To lock the liftgate insert the key into the lock cylinder and turn it clockwise or use the RKE transmitter if equipped 3 11 The liftgate can also be locked or unlocked by the central door unlocking system or RKE transmitter if equipped See Central Door Unlocking System on page 3 7 and Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 3 4 Windows A WARNING Leaving children helpless adults or pets ina vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffe
213. molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger car tire and a compact spare tire sidewall Passenger Car Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail 6 51 B DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread E Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 6 65 F Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflat
214. n airbag inflates then get Continued 2 64 WARNING Continued fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on turn on the hazard warning flashers and shut off the fuel system after the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features Z WARNING A crash severe enough to inflate the airbags may have also damaged important functions in the vehicle such as the fuel system brake and steering systems etc Even if the vehicle appears to be drivable after a moderate crash there may be concealed damage that could make it difficult to safely operate the vehicle Use caution if you should attempt to restart the engine after a crash has occurred In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag e Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service m
215. n mode is turned off The vehicle then returns to the outside air mode For vehicles with a lever move the lever to choose the outside air mode 4 17 Rear Window and Outside Mirror Defogger For vehicles with a rear window and outside mirror defogger they only work when the ignition is turned to ON RUN The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window Gy Rear Window Defogger Press to turn the rear window and outside mirror defogger on or off An indicator light comes on to show that the feature is on If the vehicle does not have air conditioning the rear window defogger may turn off about 10 minutes after the button is pressed If it remains on it can be turned off by pressing Gi again or by turning off the engine If the vehicle has air conditioning the rear window defogger turns off about 10 minutes after the button is pressed The defogger can also be turned off by turning the engine off Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid 4 18 Outlet Adjustment To open an outlet press on its cover Turn the cover to change the direction of the airflow Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the
216. nce sose aniidae esaiar aAA 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Govemment eee eens 8 14 General Moors o 2ssp negern nessen Eni 8 14 U S Government scera usis nissai 8 14 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 2 72 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a VE EE 2 73 Roadside Assistance Program 8 6 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 5 14 Roof SUNMOO EE 3 37 Running the Vehicle While Parked 3 33 Safety Belts EE areant a E nE EREDE RNE 6 82 EXtender ed Ee ee ae ar e ae E 2 33 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 2 20 Lap Shoulder Belt 2 29 Reminders eian sairin rihannie senean aenn 4 23 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 2 15 Use During Preonancy 2 32 Safety Defects Reporting Canadian Govemmment een 8 14 General Motors 8 14 U S Government 0 00 ccc eee eee eee 8 14 Safety Warnings and Symbols iv Scheduled Maintenance 7 3 Scheduling Appointments 0 2 0000 8 9 Seats Driver Seat Height Adjuster nnnnnnnanaaa 2 5 Head Restraints 0 ese e cece eens 2 2 Manual Lumbar 0 000c enaa 2 5 Rear Seat Operation 2 8 2 10 Reclining Seatbacks 0 0ce cece eee ee 2 6 Securing a Child Restraint Rear Seat Position 2 51 Right Front Seat Position 2 54 DEVICE ee Ee 6 3 Accessories and Modifications
217. ncluded in the OnStar Subscriber Information OnStar service cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times 1 23 The OnStar system can record and transmit vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar call center when is pressed is pressed or if the airbags or ACR system deploy This information usually includes the vehicle s GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the crash that the vehicle was involved in e g the direction from which the vehicle was hit When the virtual advisor feature of OnStar hands free calling is used the vehicle also sends OnStar the vehicle s GPS location so they can provide services where it is located Location information about the vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available The vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may p
218. nd turn clockwise to install the bulb into the socket Turn the bulb socket clockwise to reinstall Reinstall the lamp assembly and two screws License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs Remove the two screws holding each of the license plate lamps Turn and pull the license plate lamp toward you through the opening Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket Install the new bulb Push the bulb straight into the socket and turn clockwise to reinstall 6 Push and turn the license plate lamp away from you through the opening 7 Reinstall the two screws holding the license plate lamp Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamp Back Up Lamps Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL Front Parking Turn Signal Lamps Front Sidemarker Lamps Headlamps License Plate Lamp Rear Sidemarker Lamps Rear Turn Signal Lamps Stoplamp Taillamps Bulb Number 94535571 94535587 94535578 94535578 94535548 94535587 94535577 94535572 94535577 For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer retailer Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Wiper Blade Check for more information Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For the proper type see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 7 14 Here is how to remove and replace th
219. ne Look for the TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets enhanced detergency standards developed by auto companies A list of marketers providing TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline can be found at www toptiergas com TOP GYO TIER Detergent Gasoline CATEGORIE Gyo SUPERIEURE Essences D tergentes 6 5 Gasoline Octane Use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 an audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock might be heard when driving If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If heavy knocking is heard when using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbony MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 6 7 for additional information 6 6 California Fuel If the vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards the vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal spe
220. ned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page If Automatic Store is used then four pages of favorites are available Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM if equipped stations See Storing a Favorite Station under AM FM Radio on page 4 37 and Radio with CD on page 4 41 Satellite Radio XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM satellite radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound A fee is required to receive the XM service For more information refer to e www xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 U S e www xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 Canada 1 17 See XM Satellite Radio Service under AM FM Radio on page 4 37 and Radio with CD on page 4 41 Portable Audio Devices This vehicle may have a 3 5mm 1 8 in auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the audio faceplate External devices such as iPod laptop computers MP3 players etc can be connected to the 3 5mm 1 8 in auxiliary input jack using a 3 5mm 1 8 in input jack cable See Using the Auxiliary Input Jack under AM FM Radio on page 4 37 and Radio with CD on page 4 41 Steering Wh
221. need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires that are the same size brand load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 6 51 for additional information 6 63 GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 6 61 A WARNING Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels It is all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily as it was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 6 78 6 64 A WARNING If you use bias ply tires on the vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or whe
222. ng the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 2 43 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint A WARNING A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint 2 41 Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front se
223. ngines Automatic Transmission Fluid starburst symbol To determine the Transmission GM Part No U S 88900925 in proper viscosity for your vehicle s Canada 22689186 engine see Engine Oil on Manual Transmission Fluid page 6 15 Manual GM Part No U S 89021806 in 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable Transmission Canada 89021807 water and use only DEX COOL Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Coolant See Engine Coolant on Key Lock GM Part No U S 12346241 in page 6 25 Cylinders Canada 10953474 Engine Oil Engine Coolant 7 12 Usage Fluid Lubricant Manual Transmission Shift Linkage Chassis Lubrication Hood Latch Assembly Secondary Latch Pivots Spring Anchor and Release Pawl Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol GM Part No U S 12346293 in Canada 992723 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Usage Fluid Lubricant Hood and Door Hinges Weatherstrip Conditioning Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 in Canada 10953474 Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 10953518 or Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 1
224. ning the vehicle warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within
225. nition and radio are turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source The CD player can play the smaller 8 cm 3 in single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner Sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled DIR Directory Press to repeat the tracks in the current directory DIR displays Press DIR again to repeat the tracks in all of the directories ALL displays Press DIR again to turn off repeat play 4 50 Kl SEEK ld Next Previous Folder in MP3 WMA Mode Press to change the folder If CD R does not have any folders ROOT flashes on the display for a short time gt gt TUNE Next Track Press the up TUNE arrow to go to the next track The track number displays The player continues moving forward through the CD each time TUNE is pressed 4 TUNE Previous Track Press the down TUNE arrow to go to the start of the current track The track number displays The player continues moving backward through the CD each time TUNE is pressed INFO DISP Information Display Press to display additional text information related to the current MP3 WMA song A choice of additional information such as Song Title Album Title and Artist Bit rate might also display When information is not available
226. ns ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely If no coolant is visible in the surge tank add coolant as damaged follows 1 Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when A WARNING the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can counterclockwise about two or two and one half start up even when the engine is not running and turns can cause injury Keep hands clothing and tools If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This will away from any underhood electric fan allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose 6 28 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the Maximum mark on the coolant surge tank Wait about five minutes then check to see if the level is below the mark If the level is below the Maximum mark ad
227. o parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Notice Overloading the vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not overload the vehicle If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going Z WARNING Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to Towing Towing Your Vehicle To avoid damage the disabled vehicle should be towed with all four wheels off the ground Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 8 6 To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle To
228. o station with a strong signal in the selected band Kd SEEK Press to seek the previous radio station with a strong signal in the selected band gt gt TUNE Press to go to the next station manually 4 TUNE Press to go to the previous station manually SCAN AST Press to scan radio stations The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station The radio only scans stations with a strong signal in the selected band Press SCAN AST again to stop scanning Press and hold SCAN AST to use Auto Store The radio only scans stations with a strong signal in the selected band AST Automatic Store Twelve preset stations with the strongest reception in the area can be automatically stored The radio will only scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected AM or FM band If the Automatic Store function is started in the FM band only FM stations are stored in preset pages A1 and A2 If the 4 42 Automatic Store function is started in the AM band only AM stations are stored in A1 and A2 A combination of AM FM and XM if equipped stations can be stored manually into the other four favorite pages To use Automatic Store 1 Press and hold SCAN AST to use Auto Store mode 2 Press the pushbutton below the ON tab on the radio display 3 Automatic Store searches for radio stations with a strong signal and automatically set presets A1 and A2 with new stations 4 After all stations
229. occupant more gradually Seat mounted side impact airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 2 62 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts 2 63 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal and seat mounted side impact airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbags inflated Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 2 63 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle A WARNING When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after a
230. olines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice This vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under the vehicle warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service 6 7 Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by the vehicle warran
231. on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 6 58 Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible
232. on as possible See Engine Overheating on page 6 30 4 28 Tire Pressure Light For vehicles with the tire pressure monitoring J system this light comes on briefly when the engine kl is started It provides information about tire pressures and the Tire Pressure Monitoring System When the Light is On Steady This indicates that one or more of the tires are significantly underinflated Stop and check the tires as soon as it is safe to do and inflate them to the proper pressure See Tires on page 6 50 for more information When the Light Flashes First and Then is On Steady This indicates that there may be a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System The light flashes for about a minute and then stays on steady for the remainder of the ignition cycle This sequence will repeat with every ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 6 58 for more information Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment KI This light comes on when the ignition is on but the engine is not running as a check to show it is working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the check engine light comes on and stay
233. onsultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests you to bring the vehicle for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation Program To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain and hybrid specific warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation opt
234. or your vehicle A WARNING Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 6 70 for more information 6 67 Used Replacement Wheels Z WARNING Putting a used wheel on the vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel 6 68 Tire Chains Notice Use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install themon the front tires and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securelyfastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If youcan hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contactcontinues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the w
235. ore serious damage to the vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed e Avoid hard accelerations e Avoid steep uphill grades If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required An emission system malfunction might be corrected by doing the following e Make sure the fuel cap is fully installed See Filling the Tank on page 6 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or 4 30 improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off e Ifthe vehicle has been driven through a deep puddle of water the vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off e Make sure to fuel the vehicle with quality fuel Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed and may cause stalling after start up stalling when the vehicle is changed into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumb
236. ot buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly Z WARNING Never do this Never allow two children to wear the same safety belt The safety belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A safety belt must be used by only one person at a time 2 35 A WARNING Never do this Never allow a child to wear the safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The child might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle 2 36 Z WARNING WARNING Continued Children can be ser
237. ot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use the cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads 4 8 The cruise control buttons are located on the right side of the steering wheel I D On Off Press to turn the cruise control on or off RES Resume Accelerate Press to make the vehicle accelerate or resume to a previously set speed SET Set Coast Press to set the speed or make the vehicle decelerate Setting Cruise Control Once the vehicle is going about 39 km h 24 mph or more briefly press the RES button The vehicle returns to the previously set speed and stays there If the RES button is held the vehicle speed will continue to increase until the button is released or the If you leave your cruise control on when you are brake pedal is applied Do not hold in the RES button not using cruise you might hit a button and go unless you want the vehicle to go faster into cruise when you do not want to You could be Increasing Speed While Using Cruise startled and even lose control Keep the cruise Control control switch off until you want to use cruise control There are two ways to go to a higher speed e Use the accelerator pedal to get to a higher speed Press the SET button
238. oute or area of less danger 5 7 Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to the vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin If the vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough the vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the 5 8 tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until the vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize wa
239. overy The vehicle s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that the vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement Turn the steering wheel 8 to 13 cm 3 to 5 inches about one eighth turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing e Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane e Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility e Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle e When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape r
240. ow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle This may cause exhaust gases to get inside Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death If the vehicle is stuck in the snow e Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe Check again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window about 5 cm two inches on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind to bring in fresh air Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that circulates the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index Continued WARNING Continued For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 3 32 Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust Run the engine for short periods only as needed to keep warm but be careful To save fuel run the engine for only short periods as needed to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and close the window most of the w
241. pening a Rear Door When the Security Lock is On 1 Unlock the door from the inside 2 Open the door from the outside If you do not cancel the security lock adults or older children who ride in the rear will not be able to open the rear door from the inside Canceling the Rear Door Security Lock 1 Unlock the door from the inside and open the door from the outside 2 Move the lever down to unlock 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to the other rear door lock The rear door locks can now be locked and unlocked normally 3 8 Trunk Z WARNING Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate trunk hatch open or with any objects that pass through the seal between the body and the trunk hatch or liftgate Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or trunk hatch open Close all of the windows Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate disable the power liftgate function For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 3 32 To open the trunk on a sedan from outside of the vehicle insert the key into the lock cylind
242. per service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q A Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel front sensors or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger a
243. proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant If using this mixture nothing else needs to be added This mixture e Gives freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C outside temperature e Gives boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C engine temperature e Protects against rust and corrosion e Will not damage aluminum parts e Helps keep the proper engine temperature 6 26 Notice If an improper coolant mixture is used the engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Notice If extra inhibitors and or additives are used in the vehicle s cooling system the vehicle could be damaged Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 7 12 for more information Checking Coolant The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do any
244. r dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 6 70 When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need new tires if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the Drees rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric e The tire has a bump bulge or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle If you
245. r permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather 3 12 Manual Windows Use the window crank to open and close each window The rear windows do not open fully ar 7 we Power Windows bi Bo avec a Leaving children in a vehicle with the keys is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave keys in a vehicle with children On vehicles with power windows the switches are located on the driver door In addition each passenger door has a switch for its own window When there are children in the rear seat use the The ignition must be turned to ON RUN to use the power windows To lower the window press and hold window lockout button to prevent unintentional the switch To raise the window lift up on the switch operation of the windows Release the switch when the window reaches the desired level 3 13 Window Lockout The window lockout is located with the driver power window switches Press the lockout button to stop the rear passengers from using the rear window switches The driver can still opera
246. r permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control the vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of the vehicle Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 6 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 4 26 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time Actually doing it is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 100 km h 60 mph travels 20 m 66 feet That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between the vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of th
247. rakes Brake Fluid The vehicle has one reservoir for both the DOT 3 brake and clutch hydraulic systems It is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid ae See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for the location of the reservoir There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down e The brake fluid level goes down because of normal brake lining wear When new linings are installed the fluid level goes back up e A fluid leak in the brake or clutch hydraulic system can also cause a low fluid level Have the brake or clutch hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well 6 34 Do not top off the brake fluid Adding brake fluid does not correct a leak If fluid is added when the linings are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake or clutch hydraulic system A WARNING If too much brake fluid is added it can spill on the engine and burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and the vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake and or clutch hydraulic system When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 4 26 What to Add Notice Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid from a sealed e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage con
248. rately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts wheel nuts or Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts wheel nuts and TPMS sensors f
249. rbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For seat mounted side impact airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with seat mounted side impact airbags there are airbag modules in the side of the front seatbacks closest to the door How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the
250. re above 90 F 32 C e At high speed for quite a while e In heavy traffic especially in hot weather To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 158 F to 176 F 70 C to 80 C Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it is colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to drive longer Checking the Fluid Level Prepare the vehicle as follows 1 Park the vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running 2 With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in P Park 3 With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear range pausing for about three seconds in each range Then position the shift lever in P Park 4 Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes 6 21 Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps 1 Locate the automatic transmission dipstick which is located toward the front of the engine compartment near the power steering fluid reservoir See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for more information on location 2 Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel 3 Push the dipstick back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again 4 Check both sides of the dipstick The fluid should be between MIN A and MAX B mark of the hot area of the dipstick 5 If the fluid lev
251. re closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the hood prop Remove the hood prop from the slot in the inner fender and return the prop to its retainer The prop rod must click into place when returning it to the retainer to prevent hood damage 2 Lower the hood 30 cm 12 inches above the vehicle and release it so it fully latches Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary 6 13 Engine Compartment Overview Fee VW lt en e SES Ga HA EF WE C A D S E ve K 7 UD eee Se SE Ga H Automatic Transmission shown Manual Transmission similar E E G Sat Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 6 19 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 6 15 Brake Clutch Fluid Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 6 34 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 6 23 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Cooling System on page 6 24 Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 6 89 Battery on page 6 37 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 6 33 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 6 15 Automatic Transmission Dipstick See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 6 21 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steer
252. re not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice Using abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on the vehicle could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on the vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in the vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning the vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening the vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Products that remove odors from the vehicle s upholstery and clean the vehicle s glass can be obtained from your dealer retailer 6 79 Do not clean the vehicle using A knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e A stiff brush It can cause damage to the vehicle s interior surfaces e Heavy pressure or aggressive rubbing with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage the interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers can leave residue that streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of wat
253. red by the vehicle warranty Engine Heater The engine heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up in cold weather conditions at or below 18 C 0 F 3 20 Vehicles with an engine heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting To assist you in finding the cord the vehicle will have one of the following designs Removable Extension Cord 1 Turn off the engine 2 Remove the extension cord from the trunk Open the hood and connect the electrical cord with the extension cord 3 Plug the extension cord into a normal grounded Attached Extension Cord 110 Volt AC outlet A WARNING 1 Turn off the engine Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug both the extension cord and under hood electrical cord and store them as they were before This will keep them away from moving engine parts and prevent 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord damage The cord is located in the driver side of the engine compartment near the battery The length of time the heater should remain plugged
254. remely low temperatures Always use an oil that meets the required specification GM6094M See What Kind of Engine Oil to Use for more information Engine Oil Additives Engine Oil Flushes Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty 6 17 Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil This vehicle has the Engine Oil Life System a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly the system must be reset every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it indicates that an oil change is necessary A change engine oil light displays Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1000 km 600 miles It is possible that if driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained
255. revent OnStar from providing OnStar service at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of the vehicle in a crash hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion 1 24 Your Responsibility Increase the volume of the radio if the OnStar advisor cannot be heard If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red the system may not be functioning properly Press and request a vehicle diagnostic If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired and all services have been deactivated Press to confirm that the OnStar equipment is active Section 2 Seats and Restraint System Head Restraints 2 2 Front Seats doweinst 2 4 Manual Seats 2 4 Seat Height Adjuster 2 20 05 2 5 Manual Lumbar Vasc geg dg geed Eeer 2 5 Reclining Seatbacks 0 20 00eeee 2 6 Rear Seats EE AALER EE ee 2 8 Rear Seat Operation Sedan 2 8 Rear Seat Operation Hatchback 2 10 Safety Belts 0 0 0 cc cece cece ee 2 15 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 2 15 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 2 20 Lap Shoulder Belt 2 29 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 2 32 Safety Belt Extender 2000005 2 33 Child Restraints 0 cece eee ee 2 33 Older Children cranienne eege 2 33 Infants and Young Children
256. rning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt If the vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS remember It helps avoid only the braking skid If the vehicle does not have ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include e Drive defensively e Do not drink and drive e Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror e Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because headlamps can only light up so much road ahead e Watch for animals e When tired pull off the road e Do not wear sunglasses e Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps e Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out e Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as muc
257. road for extended periods could cause a crash resulting in injury or death to you or others Do not give extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings 4 36 To minimize taking your eyes off the road while driving do the following while the vehicle is parked e Become familiar with the operation and controls of the audio system e Set up the tone speaker adjustments and preset radio stations For more information see Defensive Driving on page 5 2 Notice Contact your dealer retailer before adding any equipment Adding audio or communication equipment could interfere with the operation of the vehicle s engine radio or other systems and could damage them Follow federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment AM FM Radio Playing the Radio D Power Volume Press and release to turn the system on Press and hold this knob for more than two seconds to turn the system off Turn to increase or decrease the volume When the system is on press and release do to mute the system Press and release D again to turn the sound back on Finding a Station BAND Press to choose FM AM or XM if equipped The display will show the selection gt SEEK Press to seek the next radio station with a strong signal in the selected band kd SEEK Press to seek the previous radio
258. rtant information you should know If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash N k vry Yt S SS d SI GC Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt 2 21 Q What is wrong with this A WARNING You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way 2 22 Q What is wrong with this Z WARNING You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs A The lap belt is too loose It will not g
259. ry cold damp weather frequent application may be required Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on the vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on the vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty 6 82 Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on the vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps
260. s advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 or call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number VIN 8 3 Online Owner Center Online Owner Center U S www gmownercenter com pontiac Information and services customized for your specific vehicle all in one convenient place Digital owner manual warranty information and more Online service and maintenance records Find Pontiac dealers for service nationwide Exclusive privileges and offers Recall notices for your specific vehicle OnStar and GM Cardmember Services Earnings summaries Other Helpful Links Pontiac www pontiac com Pontiac Merchandise www pontiacmall com Help Center www pontiac com helpcenter 8 4 FAQ Contact Us My GM Canada Canada www gm ca My GM Canada is a password protected section of www gm ca where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease
261. s let go of the key The idle speed will go down as the engine gets warm Notice Holding the key in START for longer than 15 seconds at a time will cause the battery to be drained much sooner And the excessive heat can damage the starter motor Wait about 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining the battery or damaging the starter 2 If the engine does not start wait about 15 seconds and try again Wait about 15 seconds between each try When the engine has run about 10 seconds to warm up the vehicle is ready to be driven Do not run the engine at high speed when it is cold If the weather is below freezing 32 F or 0 C let the engine run for a few minutes to warm up 3 19 3 If the engine still will not start or starts but then stops it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for about three seconds If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing but this time keep the pedal down for five or six seconds This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in the vehicle If electrical parts or accessories are added you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not the engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be cove
262. s are active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A WARNING If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 23 for more information including important safety information 2 67 If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove the child restraint from the vehicle 3 Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 4 Reinstall the child restraint following the directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 2 54 2 68 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit turn the vehicle off Then slightly recline the vehicle
263. s on while the engine is running this indicates that there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent Heeding the light can prevent more serious damage to the vehicle This system assists the service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If the vehicle is continually driven with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well the vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of the vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect the vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 6 3 4 29 This light comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required The following can prevent m
264. s on page 3 34 Interior Mirror Hold the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the headlamps behind you Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use See Manual Rearview Mirror on page 3 34 Steering Wheel Adjustment The tilt wheel lever is located under the steering column slightly to the left To adjust the steering wheel 1 Pull the lever down 2 Move the steering wheel up or down into a comfortable position 3 Pull the lever up to lock the wheel in place See Tilt Wheel on page 4 3 Interior Lighting Dome Lamp The vehicle has a dome lamp located in the overhead console Move the switch to the following positions ON The light comes on and stays on The light comes on when a door is opened The light turns off when all the doors are closed OFF The light remains off even when a door is opened Be sure all doors and trunk lid or hatch are completely closed or the battery may drain For more information about interior lighting see e Dome Lamp on page 4 13 Exterior Lighting For more information see e Exterior Lamps on page 4 11 e Daytime Running Lamps DRL on page 4 11 e Fog Lamps on page 4 12 Windshield Wiper Washer Uplevel shown Base similar The lever on the left side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps 2D Turns on the headlamps and other exterior lamps T
265. s some things not to do with safety belts A WARNING Do not let anyone ride where a safety belt cannot be worn properly In a crash if you or your passenger s are not wearing safety belts the This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the injuries can be much worse You can hit things safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 4 23 inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from the for additional information vehicle You and your passenger s can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too A WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly 2 15 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law Why Safety Belts Work requires wearing safety belts Here is why I 3 S y When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have it goes a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive
266. s to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 2 53 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position This vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 2 42 In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on page 2 65 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 4 24 for more information on this including important safety information A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys Z WARNING A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of
267. s to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar 0e cece eee Radio Frequency Identification RFID Radio Frequency Statement 8 1 Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by the dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the U S call the Pontiac Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 762 2737 In Canada call General Motors of Canada Customer Communi
268. se D again to turn the sound back on BAND Press to choose FM AM or XM if equipped gt SEEK Press to seek the next radio station with a strong signal in the selected band K SEEK Press to seek the previous radio station with a strong signal in the selected band gt gt TUNE Press to go to the next station manually 4 TUNE Press to go to the previous station manually SCAN AST Press to scan radio stations Press and hold to use Auto Store CD AUX Press to play a CD when listening to the radio CDP appears on the display when the CD player has been selected The CD symbol will appear on the display when a CD is loaded Press CD AUX while a CD is playing to pause the CD PAUSE flashes on the display Press CD AUX again to start playing the CD Press CD AUX to play a CD when listening to the audio contents from other device AUX mode CDP appears on the display when the CD player has been selected The CD symbol will appear on the display when a CD is loaded Press to play a CD while a portable audio device is playing Press CD AUX a second time for the system to begin playing audio from the connected portable audio player The portable audio device continues playing until it is turned off For more information about these and other radio features see Audio System s on page 4 36 Storing a Favorite Station A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positio
269. seconds both status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service A WARNING If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 23 for more information including important safety information Charging System Light This light will come on briefly when the ignition is turned on and the engine is not running as a check to show it is working It should go out when the engine is started If it stays on or comes on while driving there may have a problem with the electrical charging system Have it checked by your dealer retailer Driving while this light is on could drain the battery If a short distance must be driven with the light on turn off all accessories such as the radio and air conditioner to help reduce the drain on the battery 4 25 Up Shift Light The vehicle may have an up shift light When this light comes on shift to the next higher gear if weather road and traffic conditions allow See Manual Transmission Operation on page 3 26 for more information Brake System Warning Light The vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part
270. service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally the oil must be changed at 5 000 km 3 000 miles since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed 6 18 How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change your engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where the oil is changed prior to a change engine oil light being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil the system must be reset 1 With the engine off turn the ignition key to ON RUN 2 Fully press and release the accelerator pedal slowly three times within five seconds 3 Turn the key to LOCK OFF then start the vehicle If the change engine oil light comes back on when the vehicle is started the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the reset procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine
271. ssory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only 4 14 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter The ashtray is located at the lower part of the center instrument panel To remove the front ashtray for cleaning open the ashtray fully press in the retaining tab and pull the bin out Notice If papers pins or other flammable items are put in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage the vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray The cigarette lighter is located to the right of the front ashtray To use it turn the ignition to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN push the cigarette lighter in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out Electrical accessories may not be compatible with the cigarette lighter and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer for additional information Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to the lighter or heating element Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Clock There is a digital clock located in the center of the instrument panel above the center air outlets When the ignition is turned to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN the time is displayed in the digital clock There ar
272. st if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package 2 Remove the three bolts to remove the headlamp assembly 3 Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the rear of the bulb 6 43 4 Remove the headlamp cap 5 Release the spring that retains the bulb by loosening the screw 6 Remove the old bulb and install the new bulb 7 Install the bulb retaining spring and tighten the screw 8 Reinstall the headlamp cap 9 Reconnect the wiring harness at the rear of the bulb 6 44 10 Reinstall the headlamp assembly using the three bolts Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps To replace a front turn signal or parking lamp bulb 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 6 12 for more information 2 Remove the three bolts to remove the headlamp assembly 3 Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the rear of the bulb Turn the front turn signal bulb socket counterclockwise Pull the front turn signal bulb socket out of the lamp housing Press the bulb inward and turn it counterclockwise to remove it from the bulb socket Install the new bulb into the socket by pressing it in and turning it clockwise Install the socket into the lamp housing by turning it clockwise Reconnect the wiring harness connector at the rear of the bulb 6 45 Center High Mounte
273. station with a strong signal in the selected band gt gt TUNE Press to go to the next station manually 4 TUNE Press to go to the previous station manually SCAN Press to scan radio stations The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press this button again to stop scanning The radio only scans stations with a strong signal in the selected band AST Automatic Store Twelve preset stations with the strongest reception in the area can be automatically stored The radio will only scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected AM or FM band If the Automatic Store function is started in the FM band only FM stations are stored in preset pages A1 and A2 If the Automatic Store function is started in the AM band only AM stations are stored in A1 and A2 A combination of AM FM and XM if equipped stations can be stored manually into the other four favorite pages 4 37 To use Automatic Store 1 Press and hold AST to use Auto Store mode 2 Press the pushbutton below the ON tab on the radio display 3 Automatic Store searches for radio stations with a strong signal and automatically set presets A1 and A2 with new stations 4 After all stations are set press the pushbutton below the arrow tab on the radio display to return to the main radio screen To reset the automatically stored radio stations press and hold AST Then press the pushbutton below the RESE tab on
274. steady speed Wait to accelerate until out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you These problems can be avoided by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot stop in time because there is no room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem The vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes but unless the vehicle has antilock brakes not enough to lock the wheels See Braking on page 5 3 It is better to remove as much speed as possible from a collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available 5 6 An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions it can be turned a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Rec
275. stem Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 2 70 and Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 2 71 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses in the fuse block An electrical overload will cause the lamps to turn off If this happens have the headlamp wiring checked right away Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in the fuse block protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from another fuse location if a fuse goes out Replace the fus
276. sumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 6 65 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading the Vehicle on page 5 14 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing e Too much heat e Tire overloading e Premature or irregular wear e Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear e Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached
277. t deform 2 62 e Ifthe vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e Ifthe vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts The vehicle may or may not have seat mounted side impact airbags See Airbag System on page 2 57 Seat mounted side impact airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes Seat mounted side impact airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Seat mounted side impact airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts A seat mounted side impact ai
278. t the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Your vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer Item Example 1 Description Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 300 Ibs 136 kg 700 Ibs 317 kg Example 2 item Description Total Vehicle Capacity A Weight for reg Example 2 g Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 1 750 Ibs 340 kg 68 kg x 5 250 Ibs 113 kg 5 17 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 91 kg x 5 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire
279. tainer See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on brake or clutch hydraulic system parts For page 7 12 example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake or clutch hydraulic system can damage brake or clutch hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid A WARNING e If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle s Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir painted surfaces the paint finish can be With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake or clutch damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on hydraulic system the brakes or clutch might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid page 6 82 6 35 Brake Wear This vehicle has front disc brakes and could have rear drum brakes or rear disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time the vehicle is moving except when applying the brake pedal firmly Z WARNING The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When the brake wear warning sound is heard have the v
280. tate provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel 8 10 usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built
281. te all the windows with the lockout on Press the lockout button again to return to normal window operation Sun Visors To block out glare you can swing down the sun visors You can also remove them from the center mount and swing them to the side Visor Vanity Mirror The vehicle has vanity mirrors located on the back of the sun visors Swing down the sun visor to expose the vanity mirror 3 14 Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities This vehicle has theft deterrent features however they do not make it impossible to steal Immobilizer See Radio Frequency Statement on page 8 17 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and RSS 210 211 of Industry and Science Canada Immobilizer Operation The vehicle may have a passive theft deterrent system The immobilizer system prevents the vehicle from being started by an unauthorized person by isolating the power supply to the ignition system the fuel pump and the fuel injectors The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system Your vehicle has a special key that works with the theft deterrent system There is a transponder in the key head that is electronically coded The correct key will start the vehicle An invalid key immobilizes the engine If your key is ever damaged you may not be able to start your v
282. te to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should return to its stowed position Before a door is closed be sure the belt is out of the way If a door is slammed against a safety belt damage can occur to both the safety belt and the vehicle Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger seating positions Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on the shoulder The belt should be away from the face and neck but not falling off the shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash To move it down press the release button A and move the height adjuster to the desired position After the adjuster is set to the desired position try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position 2 31 Safety Belt Pretensioners This vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met Pretensioners work only once If the pretensioners activate in a crash they wi
283. tenance on page 7 3 for replacement intervals A WARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires Use caution when working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner filter off Notice lf the air cleaner filter is off dirt can easily get into the engine which could damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid Check the automatic transmission fluid level at least twice a year Add fluid if needed See Scheduled Maintenance on page 7 3 How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealer retailer service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on the dipstick Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transmission to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level if you have been driving e When outside temperatures a
284. ter edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge If the surface of a CD is soiled clean it with a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Care of the CD Player Do not add labels to a CD it could get caught in the CD player Use a marking pen to write on the top of the CD if a description is needed Do not use CD lens cleaners they could damage the CD player Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages earlier in this section 4 47 Using the Auxiliary Input Jack The radio system has a 3 5mm 1 8 in auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack An external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer etc can be connected to the 3 5mm 1 8 in auxiliary input jack for use as another audio source Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in
285. tether over the seatback 2 49 If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 2 43 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 2 43 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child res
286. the air conditioning on and off When A C is pressed an indicator light comes on to show that the air conditioning is on For quick cool down on hot days do the following 1 Open the windows to let hot air escape 2 Press 3 Press A C 4 Select the coolest temperature 5 Select the highest E speed Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside of the vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air in the vehicle has cooled turn the recirculation mode off The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so a small amount of water might drip under the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal amp Recirculation This mode recirculates and helps to quickly cool the air inside the vehicle It can be used to prevent outside air and odors from entering the vehicle For vehicles with a recirculation button press the button to turn the recirculation mode on An indicator light comes on to show that the recirculation is on Press the button again to return to outside air mode For vehicles with a lever move the lever to choose the recirculation mode Using the recirculation mode for extended periods may cause the windows to fog If this happens select the defrost mode Outside Air This mode brings outside air into the vehicle For vehicles with a recirculation button press the button until the recirculatio
287. the appearance and feel of the interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on the instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Interior Plastic Components Use only a mild soap and water solution on a soft cloth or sponge Commercial cleaners may affect the surface finish Glass Surfaces Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Glass should be cleaned often Your dealer can provide an approved cleaner or a liquid household glass cleaner will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films on interior glass 6 81 Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A WARNING Do not bleach or dye safety belts It may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During ve
288. the liftgate To lock the liftgate use the key or the RKE transmitter if equipped The liftgate can also be locked or unlocked by the central door unlocking system For more information see Liftgate Hatchback on page 3 11 Trunk Release The vehicle may have a release button located on the driver door Press it to open the trunk The vehicle may have a trunk release lever located on the outboard side of the driver seat Pull the lever to open the trunk For more information see Trunk on page 3 8 Windows Manual Windows Use the window crank to open and close each window The rear windows do not open fully For more information see Manual Windows on page 3 13 1 5 Power Windows On vehicles with power windows the switches for all windows are located on the driver door armrest Each passenger door has a switch for its own window The ignition must be in ON RUN to use the power windows To lower the window press and hold the switch To raise the window lift up on the switch Release the switch when the window reaches the desired level For more information see Power Windows on page 3 13 1 6 Seat Adjustment Manual Seats 1 Lift the bar under the front of the seat to unlock it 2 Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar 3 Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place Seat Height Adjuster Turn the knob located on th
289. the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child ina forward facing child restraint can be seriously Continued 2 54 WARNING Continued injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 2 65 for additional information If the child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 2 43 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If a child restraint is secured using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 2 43 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored
290. the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds 8 15 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control th
291. ther or other metal Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 6 42 To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle Headlamp Aiming Headlamp aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if your vehicle is damaged in a crash the headlamp aim may be affected Aim adjustment to the low beam headlamps may be necessary if oncoming drivers flash their high beam headlamps at you for vertical aim If the headlamps need to be re aimed it is recommended that you take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service Bulb Replacement Headlamps For the proper type of replacement bulbs see To replace a headlamp bulb Replacement Bulbs on page 6 49 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 6 12 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer Halogen Bulbs Z WARNING Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can bur
292. thing else until it cools down If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not between the Minimum and Maximum marks add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done See Engine Coolant on page 6 25 for more information A WARNING Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine is cold the coolant level should be between the Maximum A and Minimum B marks on the coolant surge tank The level rises at engine operation temperature and drops again when the engine cools down The engine coolant surge tank is located in the rear of the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 6 14 for more information on location The coolant should be between the Maximum A and Minimum B marks when the engine is cold If it is not there could be a leak in the cooling system 6 27 How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Z WARNING Z WARNING Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the surge tank You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contai
293. tion The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger car tire size P215 70R15 97S T A B CDE A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 70 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 70 as high as it is wide 6 53 D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure
294. to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 6 59 for additional information Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada See Radio Frequency Statement on page 8 17 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and RSS 210 211 of Industry and Science Canada Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists If your vehicle has this feature the TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light on the instrument panel cluster The low tire pressure warning light comes on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure 6 59 The tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the tire pressures are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A Tire and Loading Information label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your
295. to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s maximum load weight Certification Label MANUFACTURED BY GM DAEWOO AUTO amp TECHNOLOGY COMPANY FABRIQUE PAR GM DAEWOO AUTO TECHNOLOGY COMPANY DATE GVWR PNBV GAWR ERT PNBE AV GAWR RR PNBE ARR MFD BY GM DAEWOO Auto amp Technology Company REPUBLIC OF KOREA DATE GVWR GAWR FRT GAWRRR LN EE THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT Label Example Canada ON THE JETER MANTRA Uae SHOWN ABOVE A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to the center pillar B pillar below the driver s door latch This label tells you the gross weight Uni capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle SSES Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle 5 23 If there is a heavy load it should be spread out See Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit earlier in this section A WARNING Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you d
296. torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 4 23 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 6 82 2 72 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 23 for more information Notice Han airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 2 63 See your dealer retailer for service Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A WARNING A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If the vehicle has been in a crash do you need new safety belts or LATCH system if equipped parts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or da
297. towed position before folding the seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Flip the cover to access the top tether anchors 2 3 2 4 2 5 For hatchback models remove the cargo shade before installing the top tether The cargo shade should remain off while the top tether is in use Raise the headrest or head restraint if the desired seating position has an adjustable headrest or head restraint See Head Restraints on page 2 2 Route and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the
298. traint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbag or airbags are off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started If a child restraint has been installed and the off symbol is not lit see If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint under Passenger Sensing System on page 2 65 for more information To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way Airbag System The vehicle has the following airbags e A frontal airbag for the driver e A frontal airbag for the right front passenger The vehicle may have the following airbags e Aseat mounted side impact airbag for the driver e A seat mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger All of the airbags in your vehicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger With seat mounted side impact airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the side of the seatback closest to the door 2 57 Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even tho
299. traint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say If you need to install more than one child restraint in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 2 42 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 2 51 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle see if you are using the correct buckle Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 2 52 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 6 If your child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 2 43 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different direction
300. ts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However chrome polish may be used on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap anda buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by e Extreme dusty conditions e Sand and salt e Heat and sun e Snow and ice without proper removal 6 83 Aluminum Wheels Notice Using strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean to
301. ts still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions 2 19 Q A 2 20 If am a good driver and never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are ina crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and infants If a child will be riding in the vehicle see Older Children on page 2 33 or Infants and Young Children on page 2 36 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is impo
302. ty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank Z WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island Turn off the engine when refueling Do not smoke near fuel or when refueling the vehicle Do not use cellular phones Continued 6 8 WARNING Continued Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling the vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel To open the fuel filler door pull up on the release lever with this symbol on it It is located on the floor on the outboard side of the driver seat Hatchback shown Sedan similar The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the passenger side of the vehicle To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right A WARNING Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if the tank is nearly fu
303. ugh today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system Z WARNING You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Also airbags are not designed to deploy in every crash In some crashes safety belts are your only restraint See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 2 62 Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 2 58 A WARNING Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge of your seat or leaning forward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should
304. upport 2 5 Reclining Seatbacks Z WARNING You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving AN WARNING To recline the seatback 1 Lift the recline lever 2 Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place If either seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is are locked locked in place To return the seatback to an upright position The seats have manual reclining seatbacks The lever 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the is located on the outboard side of the seats seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked 2 6 Z WARNING Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even when buckled up the safety belts cannot do their job when reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other
305. urse as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law It should be noted that the temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either sepa
306. utomatic transmission operation When hold mode is activated the transmission runs as follows See Hold Mode Light on page 4 27 When Hold Mode is selected in D4 Drive the transmission is held in 3 Third gear which locks out D4 Drive This allows for engine braking when slowing from higher speeds When Hold Mode is selected in 2 Second the transmission will start in 2 Second gear instead of 1 First helping to reduce wheel spin when starting out on slippery surface such as snow mud or ice Since selecting Hold Mode in D4 Drive locks the transmission in 3 Third and prevents downshifts to 2 Second or 1 First acceleration from a stop or near stop on dry pavement will be slower than expected Hold Mode should not be selected during these situations 3 25 Manual Transmission Operation Five Speed This is your shift pattern 1 First Press the clutch pedal and shift into 1 First Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal 3 26 You can shift into 1 First when you are going less than 20 mph 32 km h If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into 1 First put the shift lever in N Neutral and let up on the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down Then shift into 1 First 2 Second Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into 2 Second Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press t
307. vehicle must be towed a dolly should be used See Dolly Towing that follows for more information 5 26 Dolly Towing From the Front The vehicle can be towed from the front using a dolly To tow the vehicle using a dolly follow these steps 1 Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer s instructions 2 Drive the front wheels onto the dolly 3 Put an automatic transmission in P Park or a manual transmission in N Neutral Set the parking brake and remove the key For an automatic transmission insert the key into the shift lock release slot and shift to N Neutral See Shifting Out of Park on page 3 30 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing Release the parking brake Dolly Towing From the Rear Notice Towing the vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the ground could cause transmission damage Do not tow the vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the ground Towing a Trailer The vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer 5 27 NOTES 5 28 Section 6 Service and Appearance Care Service 221 EEN REESEN 6 3 Accessories and Modifications 6 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 6 4 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 6 4 Doing Your Own Service Work 6 4 Adding Equipment to the Outsid
308. vehicles mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot weather in hilly or mountainous terrain when frequently towing a trailer or used for taxi police or delivery service See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 6 21 Power steering pump accessory drive belt replacement Evaporative control system inspection Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook up routing and condition EVAP vent solenoid valve replacement An Emission Control Service The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded First Engine Oil Change After Every 160 000 km 100 000 Miles Timing belt replacement Valve clearance adjustment First Engine Oil Change After Every 240 000 km 150 000 Miles Engine cooling system drain flush and refill cooling system and cap pressure check and cleaning of outside of radiator and air conditioning condenser or every 5 years whichever occurs first See Engine Coolant on page 6 25 An Emission Control Service 7 7 Scheduled Maintenance Change engine oil and filter Reset oil life system Engine coolant level check Windshield washer fluid level check Tire
309. vel of static while listening to the radio If static is received while listening to the radio unplug the cellular phone and turn it off Fixed Mast Antenna Hatchback Vehicles without OnStar have a fixed mast antenna that can withstand most car washes without being damaged If the mast should ever become slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast is badly bent replace it Check occasionally to make sure the mast is still tightened to the antenna base located on the roof of the vehicle If tightening is required tighten by hand Backglass Antenna Sedan Vehicles without OnStar have the AM FM antenna integrated with the rear window defogger located in the rear window Make sure that the inside surface of the rear window is not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surface is damaged it could interfere with radio reception Also for proper radio reception the antenna connector at the top center of the rear window needs to be properly attached to the post on the glass Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window can damage the rear window antenna and or the rear window defogger Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming ra
310. wel A wax may then be applied Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because the surface could be damaged Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Driving the vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Never drive a 6 84 vehicle that has aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintai
311. wing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up ona device known as a dolly Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle towing What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations What is the distance that will be travelled Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow Is the proper towing equipment going to be used See your dealer retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations Is the vehicle ready to be towed Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving ona Long Trip on page 5 10 5 25 Dinghy Towing Notice If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground the drivetrain components could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground The vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground If the
312. wn booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts 2 33 The manufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder belt until 2 34 the child passes the below fit test Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no then return to the booster seat Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are n
313. y an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that the wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure to each wheel as required faster than any driver could This can help the driver steer around the obstacle while braking hard As the brakes are applied the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even with ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work A slight brake pedal pulsation might be felt or some noise might be heard but this is normal Braking in Emergencies At some time nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking If the vehicle has ABS it allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time However if the vehicle does not have ABS the first reaction to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it down might be the wrong thing to do The wheels can stop rolling Once th
314. y dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed o
315. y exceed the available 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in and passengers that will be riding in your Step 4 Mee R 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver from your trailer will be transferred to your and passengers from the Maximum Load vehicle Consult this manual to determine amount how this reduces the available cargo and 4 The resulting figure equals the available luggage load capacity of your vehicle amount of cargo and luggage load capacity Your vehicle is not designed nor intended to tow a For example if the Maximum Load amount trailer equals 1400 Ibs 635 kg and there will be five 150 Ib 68 kg passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 295 kg Item Example 1 Description Vehicle Capacity Weight or Maximum Load for Example 1 Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 300 Ibs 136 kg 700 Ibs 317 kg Example 2 item Description Total Vehicle Capacity A Weight or Maximum reg Load for Example 2 g Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 750 Ibs 340 kg 68 kg x 5 250 Ibs 113 kg Vehicle Capacity Weight or Maximum Load for Example 3 453 kg 1 000 Ibs Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 91 kg x 5 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Refer
316. ying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When a CD contains only compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play The player play will begin from the first track under the root directory When all tracks from the root directory have been played play will continue from files according to their numerical listing After playing the last track from the last folder the player will begin playing again at the first track of the first folder or root directory File System and Naming The song name in the ID3 tag is displayed If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as MP3 WMA instead Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened Parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename does not display 4 49 Playing an MP3 WMA With the ignition in the ON RUN position insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the disc in The CD should begin playing As each new track starts to play the track number and the song name will appear on the display If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When a CD is in the player and the ignition is turned on the radio must be turned on before the CD will start playback When the ig

warning - Pontiac

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents